Now that we have a central TX reallocation procedure that accounts for
the tagger's needed headroom in a generic way, we can remove the
skb_cow_head call.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The caller (dsa_slave_xmit) guarantees that the frame length is at least
ETH_ZLEN and that enough memory for tail tagging is available.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The caller (dsa_slave_xmit) guarantees that the frame length is at least
ETH_ZLEN and that enough memory for tail tagging is available.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb
headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for
TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is
enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed.
Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to
ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal
taggers don't have.
The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the
most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing
of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having
code paths that are very rarely tested.
So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs
of DSA today.
Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the
headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that.
So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the
exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and
KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags.
Fixes: 7a6ffe764b ("net: dsa: point out the tail taggers")
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201016171603.10587-1-ceggers@arri.de
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Simplify the code by using new function dev_fetch_sw_netstats().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b6047017-8226-6b7e-a3cd-064e69fdfa27@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the Extraction Frame Header contains a valid classified VLAN, use
that instead of the VLAN header present in the packet.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A driver may refuse to enable VLAN filtering for any reason beyond what
the DSA framework cares about, such as:
- having tc-flower rules that rely on the switch being VLAN-aware
- the particular switch does not support VLAN, even if the driver does
(the DSA framework just checks for the presence of the .port_vlan_add
and .port_vlan_del pointers)
- simply not supporting this configuration to be toggled at runtime
Currently, when a driver rejects a configuration it cannot support, it
does this from the commit phase, which triggers various warnings in
switchdev.
So propagate the prepare phase to drivers, to give them the ability to
refuse invalid configurations cleanly and avoid the warnings.
Since we need to modify all function prototypes and check for the
prepare phase from within the drivers, take that opportunity and move
the existing driver restrictions within the prepare phase where that is
possible and easy.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink port regions, via simple
wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers want to create regions on devlink ports as well as the
devlink device instance, in order to export registers and other tables
per port. To keep all this code together in the drivers, have the
devlink ports registered early, so the setup() method can setup both
device and port devlink regions.
v3:
Remove dp->setup
Move common code out of switch statement.
Fix wrong goto
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a port is unused, still create a devlink port for it, but set the
flavour to unused. This allows us to attach devlink regions to the
port, etc.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we are guaranteed that dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() is called after
eth_type_trans() we can utilize __vlan_find_dev_deep_rcu() which will
take care of finding an 802.1Q upper on top of a bridge master.
A common use case, prior to 12a1526d067 ("net: dsa: untag the bridge
pvid from rx skbs") was to configure a bridge 802.1Q upper like this:
ip link add name br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link add link br0 name br0.1 type vlan id 1
in order to pop the default_pvid VLAN tag.
With this change we restore that behavior while still allowing the DSA
receive path to automatically pop the VLAN tag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() is called after eth_type_trans() we are
guaranteed that skb->protocol will be set to a correct value, thus
allowing us to avoid calling vlan_eth_hdr().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate to the DSA receive path that we need to untage the bridge PVID,
this allows us to remove the dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() calls from
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver needs to call dsa_untag_bridge_pvid(), it can
set dsa_switch::untag_brige_pvid to indicate this is necessary.
This is a pre-requisite to making sure that we are always calling
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() after eth_type_trans() has been called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sja1105 is a bit of a special snowflake, in that not all frames are
transmitted/received in the same way. L2 link-local frames are received
with the source port/switch ID information put in the destination MAC
address. For the rest, a tag_8021q header is used. So only the latter
frames displace the rest of the headers and need to use the generic flow
dissector procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the .flow_dissect procedure, so the flow dissector will call the
generic variant which works for this tagging protocol.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 Broadcom tags in use, one places the DSA tag before the
Ethernet destination MAC address, and the other before the EtherType.
Nonetheless, both displace the rest of the headers, so this tagger can
use the generic flow dissector procedure which accounts for that.
The ASCII art drawing is a good reference though, so keep it but move it
somewhere else.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and
KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags.
Tell that to the DSA core, since this makes a difference for the flow
dissector. Most switches break the parsing of frame headers, but these
ones don't, so no flow dissector adjustment needs to be done for them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no tagger that returns anything other than zero, so just change
the return type appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 goals that we follow:
- Reduce the header size
- Make the header size equal between RX and TX
The issue that required long prefix on RX was the fact that the ocelot
DSA tag, being put before Ethernet as it is, would overlap with the area
that a DSA master uses for RX filtering (destination MAC address
mainly).
Now that we can ask DSA to put the master in promiscuous mode, in theory
we could remove the prefix altogether and call it a day, but it looks
like we can't. Using no prefix on ingress, some packets (such as ICMP)
would be received, while others (such as PTP) would not be received.
This is because the DSA master we use (enetc) triggers parse errors
("MAC rx frame errors") presumably because it sees Ethernet frames with
a bad length. And indeed, when using no prefix, the EtherType (bytes
12-13 of the frame, bits 96-111) falls over the REW_VAL field from the
extraction header, aka the PTP timestamp.
When turning the short (32-bit) prefix on, the EtherType overlaps with
bits 64-79 of the extraction header, which are a reserved area
transmitted as zero by the switch. The packets are not dropped by the
DSA master with a short prefix. Actually, the frames look like this in
tcpdump (below is a PTP frame, with an extra dsa_8021q tag - dadb 0482 -
added by a downstream sja1105).
89:0c:a9:f2:01:00 > 88:80:00:0a:00:1d, 802.3, length 0: LLC, \
dsap Unknown (0x10) Individual, ssap ProWay NM (0x0e) Response, \
ctrl 0x0004: Information, send seq 2, rcv seq 0, \
Flags [Response], length 78
0x0000: 8880 000a 001d 890c a9f2 0100 0000 100f ................
0x0010: 0400 0000 0180 c200 000e 001f 7b63 0248 ............{c.H
0x0020: dadb 0482 88f7 1202 0036 0000 0000 0000 .........6......
0x0030: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 001f 7bff fe63 ............{..c
0x0040: 0248 0001 1f81 0500 0000 0000 0000 0000 .H..............
0x0050: 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ............
So the short prefix is our new default: we've shortened our RX frames by
12 octets, increased TX by 4, and headers are now equal between RX and
TX. Note that we still need promiscuous mode for the DSA master to not
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently PTP is broken when ports are in standalone mode (the tagger
keeps printing this message):
sja1105 spi0.1: Expected meta frame, is 01-80-c2-00-00-0e in the DSA master multicast filter?
Sure, one might say "simply add 01-80-c2-00-00-0e to the master's RX
filter" but things become more complicated because:
- Actually all frames in the 01-80-c2-xx-xx-xx and 01-1b-19-xx-xx-xx
range are trapped to the CPU automatically
- The switch mangles bytes 3 and 4 of the MAC address via the incl_srcpt
("include source port [in the DMAC]") option, which is how source port
and switch id identification is done for link-local traffic on RX. But
this means that an address installed to the RX filter would, at the
end of the day, not correspond to the final address seen by the DSA
master.
Assume RX filtering lists on DSA masters are typically too small to
include all necessary addresses for PTP to work properly on sja1105, and
just request promiscuous mode unconditionally.
Just an example:
Assuming the following addresses are trapped to the CPU:
01-80-c2-00-00-00 to 01-80-c2-00-00-ff
01-1b-19-00-00-00 to 01-1b-19-00-00-ff
These are 512 addresses.
Now let's say this is a board with 3 switches, and 4 ports per switch.
The 512 addresses become 6144 addresses that must be managed by the DSA
master's RX filtering lists.
This may be refined in the future, but for now, it is simply not worth
it to add the additional addresses to the master's RX filter, so simply
request it to become promiscuous as soon as the driver probes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA assumes that taggers don't mess with the destination MAC
address of the frames on RX. That is not always the case. Some DSA
headers are placed before the Ethernet header (ocelot), and others
simply mangle random bytes from the destination MAC address (sja1105
with its incl_srcpt option).
Currently the DSA master goes to promiscuous mode automatically when the
slave devices go too (such as when enslaved to a bridge), but in
standalone mode this is a problem that needs to be dealt with.
So give drivers the possibility to signal that their tagging protocol
will get randomly dropped otherwise, and let DSA deal with fixing that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ocelot switchdev passes the skb directly to the function that
enqueues it to the list of skb's awaiting a TX timestamp. Whereas the
felix DSA driver first clones the skb, then passes the clone to this
queue.
This matters because in the case of felix, the common IRQ handler, which
is ocelot_get_txtstamp(), currently clones the clone, and frees the
original clone. This is useless and can be simplified by using
skb_complete_tx_timestamp() instead of skb_tstamp_tx().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the B53 driver to support VLANs while not filtering. This
requires us to enable VLAN globally within the switch upon driver
initial configuration (dev->vlan_enabled).
We also need to remove the code that dealt with PVID re-configuration in
b53_vlan_filtering() since that function worked under the assumption
that it would only be called to make a bridge VLAN filtering, or not
filtering, and we would attempt to move the port's PVID accordingly.
Now that VLANs are programmed all the time, even in the case of a
non-VLAN filtering bridge, we would be programming a default_pvid for
the bridged switch ports.
We need the DSA receive path to pop the VLAN tag if it is the bridge's
default_pvid because the CPU port is always programmed tagged in the
programmed VLANs. In order to do so we utilize the
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() helper introduced in the commit before within
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c.
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge untags VLANs present in its VLAN groups in
__allowed_ingress() only when VLAN filtering is enabled.
But when a skb is seen on the RX path as tagged with the bridge's pvid,
and that bridge has vlan_filtering=0, and there isn't any 8021q upper
with that VLAN either, then we have a problem. The bridge will not untag
it (since it is supposed to remain VLAN-unaware), and pvid-tagged
communication will be broken.
There are 2 situations where we can end up like that:
1. When installing a pvid in egress-tagged mode, like this:
ip link add dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set swp0 master br0
bridge vlan del dev swp0 vid 1
bridge vlan add dev swp0 vid 1 pvid
This happens because DSA configures the VLAN membership of the CPU port
using the same flags as swp0 (in this case "pvid and not untagged"), in
an attempt to copy the frame as-is from ingress to the CPU.
However, in this case, the packet may arrive untagged on ingress, it
will be pvid-tagged by the ingress port, and will be sent as
egress-tagged towards the CPU. Otherwise stated, the CPU will see a VLAN
tag where there was none to speak of on ingress.
When vlan_filtering is 1, this is not a problem, as stated in the first
paragraph, because __allowed_ingress() will pop it. But currently, when
vlan_filtering is 0 and we have such a VLAN configuration, we need an
8021q upper (br0.1) to be able to ping over that VLAN, which is not
symmetrical with the vlan_filtering=1 case, and therefore, confusing for
users.
Basically what DSA attempts to do is simply an approximation: try to
copy the skb with (or without) the same VLAN all the way up to the CPU.
But DSA drivers treat CPU port VLAN membership in various ways (which is
a good segue into situation 2). And some of those drivers simply tell
the CPU port to copy the frame unmodified, which is the golden standard
when it comes to VLAN processing (therefore, any driver which can
configure the hardware to do that, should do that, and discard the VLAN
flags requested by DSA on the CPU port).
2. Some DSA drivers always configure the CPU port as egress-tagged, in
an attempt to recover the classified VLAN from the skb. These drivers
cannot work at all with untagged traffic when bridged in
vlan_filtering=0 mode. And they can't go for the easy "just keep the
pvid as egress-untagged towards the CPU" route, because each front port
can have its own pvid, and that might require conflicting VLAN
membership settings on the CPU port (swp1 is pvid for VID 1 and
egress-tagged for VID 2; swp2 is egress-taggeed for VID 1 and pvid for
VID 2; with this simplistic approach, the CPU port, which is really a
separate hardware entity and has its own VLAN membership settings, would
end up being egress-untagged in both VID 1 and VID 2, therefore losing
the VLAN tags of ingress traffic).
So the only thing we can do is to create a helper function for resolving
the problematic case (that is, a function which untags the bridge pvid
when that is in vlan_filtering=0 mode), which taggers in need should
call. It isn't called from the generic DSA receive path because there
are drivers that fall neither in the first nor second category.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check whether there is any hwaccel VLAN tag on RX, and if there is,
treat it as the tag_8021q header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The whole purpose of tag_8021q is to send VLAN-tagged traffic to the
CPU, from which the driver can decode the source port and switch id.
Currently this only works if the VLAN filtering on the master is
disabled. Change that by explicitly adding code to tag_8021q.c to add
the VLANs corresponding to the tags to the filter of the master
interface.
Because we now need to call vlan_vid_add, then we also need to hold the
RTNL mutex. Propagate that requirement to the callers of dsa_8021q_setup
and modify the existing call sites as appropriate. Note that one call
path, sja1105_best_effort_vlan_filtering_set -> sja1105_vlan_filtering
-> sja1105_setup_8021q_tagging, was already holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the
master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN.
However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc),
and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we
have a problem.
Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case
(for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O
can work even with a VLAN filtering master.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge has VLAN awareness disabled there isn't any duplication
of functionality, since the bridge does not process VLAN. Don't deny
adding 8021q uppers to DSA switch ports in that case. The switch is
supposed to simply pass traffic leaving the VLAN tag as-is, and the
stack will happily strip the VLAN tag for all 8021q uppers that exist.
We need to ensure that there are no 8021q uppers when the user attempts
to enable bridge vlan_filtering.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current logic beats me a little bit. The comment that "bridge skips
-EOPNOTSUPP, so skip the prepare phase" was introduced in commit
fb2dabad69 ("net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr").
I'm not sure:
(a) ok, the bridge skips -EOPNOTSUPP, but, so what, where are we
returning -EOPNOTSUPP?
(b) even if we are, and I'm just not seeing it, what is the causality
relationship between the bridge skipping -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA
skipping the prepare phase, and just returning zero?
One thing is certain beyond doubt though, and that is that DSA currently
refuses VLAN filtering from the "commit" phase instead of "prepare", and
that this is not a good thing:
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link add br1 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br1
[ 3790.379389] 001: sja1105 spi0.1: VLAN filtering is a global setting
[ 3790.379399] 001: ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 3790.379403] 001: WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 515 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 3790.379420] 001: swp3: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 3790.379533] 001: [<c11ff588>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init+0x84/0x148)
[ 3790.379544] 001: [<c11b62e4>] (nbp_vlan_init) from [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if+0x514/0x670)
[ 3790.379554] 001: [<c11a2ff0>] (br_add_if) from [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink+0x38c/0xab0)
[ 3790.379565] 001: [<c1031b5c>] (do_setlink) from [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x44c/0x748)
[ 3790.379573] 001: [<c1036fe8>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 3790.379580] 001: [<c1037328>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x124/0x2f8)
[ 3790.379590] 001: [<c10315fc>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c10926b8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 3790.379806] 001: ---[ end trace 0000000000000002 ]---
[ 3790.379819] 001: sja1105 spi0.1 swp3: failed to initialize vlan filtering on this port
So move the current logic that may fail (except ds->ops->port_vlan_filtering,
that is way harder) into the prepare stage of the switchdev transaction.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure
to deny that configuration:
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100
Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters
installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the
advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN
filtering.
There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c,
from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper
check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition
(these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q
uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so
just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q
upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module
calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this
check returns -EBUSY.
However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module
in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to
add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason
to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN
that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that
configuration.
So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should
look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q
module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll be adding a new check in the PRECHANGEUPPER notifier, where we'll
need to check some VLAN uppers. It is hard to do that when there is
already a function named dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check. So rename this one.
Not to mention that this function probably shouldn't have started with
"dsa_slave_" in the first place, since the struct net_device argument
isn't a DSA slave, but an 8021q upper of one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this
way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device
configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under
PRECHANGEUPPER.
Tested that it still works:
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100
ip link set swp2.100 master br0
[ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge.
[ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state
[ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the DSA drivers to implement the devlink call to get info info,
e.g. driver name, firmware version, ASIC ID, etc.
v2:
Combine declaration and the assignment on a single line.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink regions, via simple wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given a devlink instance, return the dsa switch it is associated to.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot_port->ts_id is used to:
(a) populate skb->cb[0] for matching the TX timestamp in the PTP IRQ
with an skb.
(b) populate the REW_OP from the injection header of the ongoing skb.
Only then is ocelot_port->ts_id incremented.
This is a problem because, at least theoretically, another timestampable
skb might use the same ocelot_port->ts_id before that is incremented.
Normally all transmit calls are serialized by the netdev transmit
spinlock, but in this case, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb() is also
called by DSA, which has started declaring the NETIF_F_LLTX feature
since commit 2b86cb8299 ("net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for
slave ports"). So the logic of using and incrementing the timestamp id
should be atomic per port.
The solution is to use the global ocelot_port->ts_id only while
protected by the associated ocelot_port->ts_id_lock. That's where we
populate skb->cb[0]. Note that for ocelot, ocelot_port_add_txtstamp_skb
is called for the actual skb, but for felix, it is called for the skb's
clone. That is something which will also be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 314f76d7a6.
Citing that commit message, the call graph was:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on
dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its
VLANs.
So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify
the call graph to what it was before, aka:
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on another tag_8021q driver implementation, some things
became apparent:
- It is not mandatory for a DSA driver to offload the tag_8021q VLANs by
using the VLAN table per se. For example, it can add custom TCAM rules
that simply encapsulate RX traffic, and redirect & decapsulate rules
for TX traffic. For such a driver, it makes no sense to receive the
tag_8021q configuration through the same callback as it receives the
VLAN configuration from the bridge and the 8021q modules.
- Currently, sja1105 (the only tag_8021q user) sets a
priv->expect_dsa_8021q variable to distinguish between the bridge
calling, and tag_8021q calling. That can be improved, to say the
least.
- The crosschip bridging operations are, in fact, stateful already. The
list of crosschip_links must be kept by the caller and passed to the
relevant tag_8021q functions.
So it would be nice if the tag_8021q configuration was more
self-contained. This patch attempts to do that.
Create a struct dsa_8021q_context which encapsulates a struct
dsa_switch, and has 2 function pointers for adding and deleting a VLAN.
These will replace the previous channel to the driver, which was through
the .port_vlan_add and .port_vlan_del callbacks of dsa_switch_ops.
Also put the list of crosschip_links into this dsa_8021q_context.
Drivers that don't support cross-chip bridging can simply omit to
initialize this list, as long as they dont call any cross-chip function.
The sja1105_vlan_add and sja1105_vlan_del functions are refactored into
a smaller sja1105_vlan_add_one, which now has 2 entry points:
- sja1105_vlan_add, from struct dsa_switch_ops
- sja1105_dsa_8021q_vlan_add, from the tag_8021q ops
But even this change is fairly trivial. It just reflects the fact that
for sja1105, the VLANs from these 2 channels end up in the same hardware
table. However that is not necessarily true in the general sense (and
that's the reason for making this change).
The rest of the patch is mostly plain refactoring of "ds" -> "ctx". The
dsa_8021q_context structure needs to be propagated because adding a VLAN
is now done through the ops function pointers inside of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in calling dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging for each
individual port. Additionally, it will become more difficult to do that
when we'll have a context structure to tag_8021q (next patch). So
refactor this now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb44 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 72579e14a1 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set
the MTU") changed, for some reason, the "err && err != -EOPNOTSUPP"
check into a simple "err". This causes the MTU warning to be printed
even for drivers that don't have the MTU operations implemented.
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified
through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory.
When it isn't, the error message looks like this:
[ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of
the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case).
Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA
port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so
at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less
user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index.
After this change, the error is printed as:
[ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0
[ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1
[ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2
[ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The purpose of this override is to give the user an indication of what
the number of the CPU port is (in DSA, the CPU port is a hardware
implementation detail and not a network interface capable of traffic).
However, it has always failed (by design) at providing this information
to the user in a reliable fashion.
Prior to commit 3369afba1e ("net: Call into DSA netdevice_ops
wrappers"), the behavior was to only override this callback if it was
not provided by the DSA master.
That was its first failure: if the DSA master itself was a DSA port or a
switchdev, then the user would not see the number of the CPU port in
/sys/class/net/eth0/phys_port_name, but the number of the DSA master
port within its respective physical switch.
But that was actually ok in a way. The commit mentioned above changed
that behavior, and now overrides the master's ndo_get_phys_port_name
unconditionally. That comes with problems of its own, which are worse in
a way.
The idea is that it's typical for switchdev users to have udev rules for
consistent interface naming. These are based, among other things, on
the phys_port_name attribute. If we let the DSA switch at the bottom
to start randomly overriding ndo_get_phys_port_name with its own CPU
port, we basically lose any predictability in interface naming, or even
uniqueness, for that matter.
So, there are reasons to let DSA override the master's callback (to
provide a consistent interface, a number which has a clear meaning and
must not be interpreted according to context), and there are reasons to
not let DSA override it (it breaks udev matching for the DSA master).
But, there is an alternative method for users to retrieve the number of
the CPU port of each DSA switch in the system:
$ devlink port
pci/0000:00:00.5/0: type eth netdev swp0 flavour physical port 0
pci/0000:00:00.5/2: type eth netdev swp2 flavour physical port 2
pci/0000:00:00.5/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
spi/spi2.0/0: type eth netdev sw0p0 flavour physical port 0
spi/spi2.0/1: type eth netdev sw0p1 flavour physical port 1
spi/spi2.0/2: type eth netdev sw0p2 flavour physical port 2
spi/spi2.0/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
spi/spi2.1/0: type eth netdev sw1p0 flavour physical port 0
spi/spi2.1/1: type eth netdev sw1p1 flavour physical port 1
spi/spi2.1/2: type eth netdev sw1p2 flavour physical port 2
spi/spi2.1/3: type eth netdev sw1p3 flavour physical port 3
spi/spi2.1/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4
So remove this duplicated, unreliable and troublesome method. From this
patch on, the phys_port_name attribute of the DSA master will only
contain information about itself (if at all). If the users need reliable
information about the CPU port they're probably using devlink anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to unified Ethernet Switch Device Tree Bindings allow for ethernet-ports as
encapsulating node as well.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA supports MTU configuration, undo the effects of commit
8b1efc0f83 ("net: remove MTU limits on a few ether_setup callers") and
let DSA interfaces use the default min_mtu and max_mtu specified by
ether_setup(). This is more important for min_mtu: since DSA is
Ethernet, the minimum MTU is the same as of any other Ethernet
interface, and definitely not zero. For the max_mtu, we have a callback
through which drivers can override that, if they want to.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have all the infrastructure in place for calling into the
dsa_ptr->netdev_ops function pointers, install them when we configure
the DSA CPU/management interface and tear them down. The flow is
unchanged from before, but now we preserve equality of tests when
network device drivers do tests like dev->netdev_ops == &foo_ops which
was not the case before since we were allocating an entirely new
structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch we try to kill 2 birds with 1 stone.
First of all, some switches that use tag_ocelot.c don't have the exact
same bitfield layout for the DSA tags. The destination ports field is
different for Seville VSC9953 for example. So the choices are to either
duplicate tag_ocelot.c into a new tag_seville.c (sub-optimal) or somehow
take into account a supposed ocelot->dest_ports_offset when packing this
field into the DSA injection header (again not ideal).
Secondly, tag_ocelot.c already needs to memset a 128-bit area to zero
and call some packing() functions of dubious performance in the
fastpath. And most of the values it needs to pack are pretty much
constant (BYPASS=1, SRC_PORT=CPU, DEST=port index). So it would be good
if we could improve that.
The proposed solution is to allocate a memory area per port at probe
time, initialize that with the statically defined bits as per chip
hardware revision, and just perform a simpler memcpy in the fastpath.
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters,
that most of them are devlink port's attributes.
Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements the known parts of the Realtek 4 byte
tag protocol version 0xA, as found in the RTL8366RB
DSA switch.
It is designated as protocol version 0xA as a
different Realtek 4 byte tag format with protocol
version 0x9 is known to exist in the Realtek RTL8306
chips.
The tag and switch chip lacks public documentation, so
the tag format has been reverse-engineered from
packet dumps. As only ingress traffic has been available
for analysis an egress tag has not been possible to
develop (even using educated guesses about bit fields)
so this is as far as it gets. It is not known if the
switch even supports egress tagging.
Excessive attempts to figure out the egress tag format
was made. When nothing else worked, I just tried all bit
combinations with 0xannp where a is protocol and p is
port. I looped through all values several times trying
to get a response from ping, without any positive
result.
Using just these ingress tags however, the switch
functionality is vastly improved and the packets find
their way into the destination port without any
tricky VLAN configuration. On the D-Link DIR-685 the
LAN ports now come up and respond to ping without
any command line configuration so this is a real
improvement for users.
Egress packets need to be restricted to the proper
target ports using VLAN, which the RTL8366RB DSA
switch driver already sets up.
Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:48:15: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] hdr
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:68:13: got int
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:71:16: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/dsa/tag_qca.c:81:17: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] hdr
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:84:13: got int
net/dsa/tag_mtk.c:94:17: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
The result of a ntohs() is not __be16, but u16.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:76:24: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: expected unsigned short [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:80:24: got restricted __be16 [usertype]
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:106:31: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c:111:24: warning: cast to restricted __be16
Make use of __be16 where appropriate to fix these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cpu_to_be16 returns a __be16 value. So what it is assigned to needs to
have the same type to avoid warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: warning: incorrect type in initializer (different address spaces)
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: expected void const [noderef] <asn:3> *__vpp_verify
net/dsa/slave.c:505:13: got struct pcpu_sw_netstats *
Add the needed _percpu property to prevent this warning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not very informative to know the DSA master device when a
subordinate network device fails to get its PHY setup. Provide the
device name and capitalize PHY while we are it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver for Marvell switches puts all ports in IGMP snooping mode
which results in all IGMP/MLD frames that ingress on the ports to be
forwarded to the CPU only.
The bridge code in the kernel can then interpret these frames and act
upon them, for instance by updating the mdb in the switch to reflect
multicast memberships of stations connected to the ports. However,
the IGMP/MLD frames must then also be forwarded to other ports of the
bridge so external IGMP queriers can track membership reports, and
external multicast clients can receive query reports from foreign IGMP
queriers.
Currently, this is impossible as the EDSA tagger sets offload_fwd_mark
on the skb when it unwraps the tagged frames, and that will make the
switchdev layer prevent the skb from egressing on any other port of
the same switch.
To fix that, look at the To_CPU code in the DSA header and make
forwarding of the frame possible for trapped IGMP packets.
Introduce some #defines for the frame types to make the code a bit more
comprehensive.
This was tested on a Marvell 88E6352 variant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix cfg80211 deadlock, from Johannes Berg.
2) RXRPC fails to send norigications, from David Howells.
3) MPTCP RM_ADDR parsing has an off by one pointer error, fix from
Geliang Tang.
4) Fix crash when using MSG_PEEK with sockmap, from Anny Hu.
5) The ucc_geth driver needs __netdev_watchdog_up exported, from
Valentin Longchamp.
6) Fix hashtable memory leak in dccp, from Wang Hai.
7) Fix how nexthops are marked as FDB nexthops, from David Ahern.
8) Fix mptcp races between shutdown and recvmsg, from Paolo Abeni.
9) Fix crashes in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
10) Fix link speed reporting in iavf driver, from Brett Creeley.
11) When a channel is used for XSK and then reused again later for XSK,
we forget to clear out the relevant data structures in mlx5 which
causes all kinds of problems. Fix from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
12) Fix memory leak in genetlink, from Cong Wang.
13) Disallow sockmap attachments to UDP sockets, it simply won't work.
From Lorenz Bauer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (83 commits)
net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix allmulti for nu type ale
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: fix ale parameters init
net: atm: Remove the error message according to the atomic context
bpf: Undo internal BPF_PROBE_MEM in BPF insns dump
libbpf: Support pre-initializing .bss global variables
tools/bpftool: Fix skeleton codegen
bpf: Fix memlock accounting for sock_hash
bpf: sockmap: Don't attach programs to UDP sockets
bpf: tcp: Recv() should return 0 when the peer socket is closed
ibmvnic: Flush existing work items before device removal
genetlink: clean up family attributes allocations
net: ipa: header pad field only valid for AP->modem endpoint
net: ipa: program upper nibbles of sequencer type
net: ipa: fix modem LAN RX endpoint id
net: ipa: program metadata mask differently
ionic: add pcie_print_link_status
rxrpc: Fix race between incoming ACK parser and retransmitter
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix some error pointer dereferences
net/mlx5: Don't fail driver on failure to create debugfs
net/mlx5e: CT: Fix ipv6 nat header rewrite actions
...
Since commit 84af7a6194 ("checkpatch: kconfig: prefer 'help' over
'---help---'"), the number of '---help---' has been gradually
decreasing, but there are still more than 2400 instances.
This commit finishes the conversion. While I touched the lines,
I also fixed the indentation.
There are a variety of indentation styles found.
a) 4 spaces + '---help---'
b) 7 spaces + '---help---'
c) 8 spaces + '---help---'
d) 1 space + 1 tab + '---help---'
e) 1 tab + '---help---' (correct indentation)
f) 1 tab + 1 space + '---help---'
g) 1 tab + 2 spaces + '---help---'
In order to convert all of them to 1 tab + 'help', I ran the
following commend:
$ find . -name 'Kconfig*' | xargs sed -i 's/^[[:space:]]*---help---/\thelp/'
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The dynamic key update for addr_list_lock still causes troubles,
for example the following race condition still exists:
CPU 0: CPU 1:
(RCU read lock) (RTNL lock)
dev_mc_seq_show() netdev_update_lockdep_key()
-> lockdep_unregister_key()
-> netif_addr_lock_bh()
because lockdep doesn't provide an API to update it atomically.
Therefore, we have to move it back to static keys and use subclass
for nest locking like before.
In commit 1a33e10e4a ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key
changes"), I already reverted most parts of commit ab92d68fc2
("net: core: add generic lockdep keys").
This patch reverts the rest and also part of commit f3b0a18bb6
("net: remove unnecessary variables and callback"). After this
patch, addr_list_lock changes back to using static keys and
subclasses to satisfy lockdep. Thanks to dev->lower_level, we do
not have to change back to ->ndo_get_lock_subclass().
And hopefully this reduces some syzbot lockdep noises too.
Reported-by: syzbot+f3a0e80c34b3fc28ac5e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xdp_umem.c had overlapping changes between the 64-bit math fix
for the calculation of npgs and the removal of the zerocopy
memory type which got rid of the chunk_size_nohdr member.
The mlx5 Kconfig conflict is a case where we just take the
net-next copy of the Kconfig entry dependency as it takes on
the ESWITCH dependency by one level of indirection which is
what the 'net' conflicting change is trying to ensure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, our only tag_8021q user, sja1105, has the ability to restore
bridge VLANs on its own, so this logic is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be there a platform with the following layout:
Regular NIC
|
+----> DSA master for switch port
|
+----> DSA master for another switch port
After changing DSA back to static lockdep class keys in commit
1a33e10e4a ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes"), this
kernel splat can be seen:
[ 13.361198] ============================================
[ 13.366524] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
[ 13.371851] 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 Not tainted
[ 13.377874] --------------------------------------------
[ 13.383201] swapper/0/0 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 13.388004] ffff0000668ff298 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.397879]
[ 13.397879] but task is already holding lock:
[ 13.403727] ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.413593]
[ 13.413593] other info that might help us debug this:
[ 13.420140] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ 13.420140]
[ 13.426075] CPU0
[ 13.428523] ----
[ 13.430969] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
[ 13.435946] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
[ 13.440924]
[ 13.440924] *** DEADLOCK ***
[ 13.440924]
[ 13.446860] May be due to missing lock nesting notation
[ 13.446860]
[ 13.453668] 6 locks held by swapper/0/0:
[ 13.457598] #0: ffff800010003de0 ((&idev->mc_ifc_timer)){+.-.}-{0:0}, at: call_timer_fn+0x0/0x400
[ 13.466593] #1: ffffd4d3fb478700 (rcu_read_lock){....}-{1:2}, at: mld_sendpack+0x0/0x560
[ 13.474803] #2: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: ip6_finish_output2+0x64/0xb10
[ 13.483886] #3: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0
[ 13.492793] #4: ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.503094] #5: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0
[ 13.512000]
[ 13.512000] stack backtrace:
[ 13.516369] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988
[ 13.530421] Call trace:
[ 13.532871] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1d8
[ 13.536539] show_stack+0x24/0x30
[ 13.539862] dump_stack+0xe8/0x150
[ 13.543271] __lock_acquire+0x1030/0x1678
[ 13.547290] lock_acquire+0xf8/0x458
[ 13.550873] _raw_spin_lock+0x44/0x58
[ 13.554543] __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0
[ 13.558562] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30
[ 13.562232] dsa_slave_xmit+0xe0/0x128
[ 13.565988] dev_hard_start_xmit+0xf4/0x448
[ 13.570182] __dev_queue_xmit+0x808/0xbe0
[ 13.574200] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30
[ 13.577869] neigh_resolve_output+0x15c/0x220
[ 13.582237] ip6_finish_output2+0x244/0xb10
[ 13.586430] __ip6_finish_output+0x1dc/0x298
[ 13.590709] ip6_output+0x84/0x358
[ 13.594116] mld_sendpack+0x2bc/0x560
[ 13.597786] mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x210/0x390
[ 13.602153] call_timer_fn+0xcc/0x400
[ 13.605822] run_timer_softirq+0x588/0x6e0
[ 13.609927] __do_softirq+0x118/0x590
[ 13.613597] irq_exit+0x13c/0x148
[ 13.616918] __handle_domain_irq+0x6c/0xc0
[ 13.621023] gic_handle_irq+0x6c/0x160
[ 13.624779] el1_irq+0xbc/0x180
[ 13.627927] cpuidle_enter_state+0xb4/0x4d0
[ 13.632120] cpuidle_enter+0x3c/0x50
[ 13.635703] call_cpuidle+0x44/0x78
[ 13.639199] do_idle+0x228/0x2c8
[ 13.642433] cpu_startup_entry+0x2c/0x48
[ 13.646363] rest_init+0x1ac/0x280
[ 13.649773] arch_call_rest_init+0x14/0x1c
[ 13.653878] start_kernel+0x490/0x4bc
Lockdep keys themselves were added in commit ab92d68fc2 ("net: core:
add generic lockdep keys"), and it's very likely that this splat existed
since then, but I have no real way to check, since this stacked platform
wasn't supported by mainline back then.
>From Taehee's own words:
This patch was considered that all stackable devices have LLTX flag.
But the dsa doesn't have LLTX, so this splat happened.
After this patch, dsa shares the same lockdep class key.
On the nested dsa interface architecture, which you illustrated,
the same lockdep class key will be used in __dev_queue_xmit() because
dsa doesn't have LLTX.
So that lockdep detects deadlock because the same lockdep class key is
used recursively although actually the different locks are used.
There are some ways to fix this problem.
1. using NETIF_F_LLTX flag.
If possible, using the LLTX flag is a very clear way for it.
But I'm so sorry I don't know whether the dsa could have LLTX or not.
2. using dynamic lockdep again.
It means that each interface uses a separate lockdep class key.
So, lockdep will not detect recursive locking.
But this way has a problem that it could consume lockdep class key
too many.
Currently, lockdep can have 8192 lockdep class keys.
- you can see this number with the following command.
cat /proc/lockdep_stats
lock-classes: 1251 [max: 8192]
...
The [max: 8192] means that the maximum number of lockdep class keys.
If too many lockdep class keys are registered, lockdep stops to work.
So, using a dynamic(separated) lockdep class key should be considered
carefully.
In addition, updating lockdep class key routine might have to be existing.
(lockdep_register_key(), lockdep_set_class(), lockdep_unregister_key())
3. Using lockdep subclass.
A lockdep class key could have 8 subclasses.
The different subclass is considered different locks by lockdep
infrastructure.
But "lock-classes" is not counted by subclasses.
So, it could avoid stopping lockdep infrastructure by an overflow of
lockdep class keys.
This approach should also have an updating lockdep class key routine.
(lockdep_set_subclass())
4. Using nonvalidate lockdep class key.
The lockdep infrastructure supports nonvalidate lockdep class key type.
It means this lockdep is not validated by lockdep infrastructure.
So, the splat will not happen but lockdep couldn't detect real deadlock
case because lockdep really doesn't validate it.
I think this should be used for really special cases.
(lockdep_set_novalidate_class())
Further discussion here:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20200503052220.4536-2-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com/
There appears to be no negative side-effect to declaring lockless TX for
the DSA virtual interfaces, which means they handle their own locking.
So that's what we do to make the splat go away.
Patch tested in a wide variety of cases: unicast, multicast, PTP, etc.
Fixes: ab92d68fc2 ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys")
Suggested-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MSCC bug fix in 'net' had to be slightly adjusted because the
register accesses are done slightly differently in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.
Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.
To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.
Fixes: b8f126a8d5 ("net-next: dsa: add dsa support for Mediatek MT7530 switch")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A comparison between a value from the packet and an integer constant
value needs to be done by converting the value from the packet from
net->host, or the constant from host->net. Not the other way around.
Even though it makes no practical difference, correct that.
Fixes: 38b5beeae7 ("net: dsa: sja1105: prepare tagger for handling DSA tags and VLAN simultaneously")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a subvlan_map as part of each port's tagger private structure.
This keeps reverse mappings of bridge-to-dsa_8021q VLAN retagging rules.
Note that as of this patch, this piece of code is never engaged, due to
the fact that the driver hasn't installed any retagging rule, so we'll
always see packets with a subvlan code of 0 (untagged).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For switches that support VLAN retagging, such as sja1105, we extend
dsa_8021q by encoding a "sub-VLAN" into the remaining 3 free bits in the
dsa_8021q tag.
A sub-VLAN is nothing more than a number in the range 0-7, which serves
as an index into a per-port driver lookup table. The sub-VLAN value of
zero means that traffic is untagged (this is also backwards-compatible
with dsa_8021q without retagging).
The switch should be configured to retag VLAN-tagged traffic that gets
transmitted towards the CPU port (and towards the CPU only). Example:
bridge vlan add dev sw1p0 vid 100
The switch retags frames received on port 0, going to the CPU, and
having VID 100, to the VID of 1104 (0x0450). In dsa_8021q language:
| 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
| DIR | SVL | SWITCH_ID | SUBVLAN | PORT |
+-----------+-----+-----------------+-----------+-----------------------+
0x0450 means:
- DIR = 0b01: this is an RX VLAN
- SUBVLAN = 0b001: this is subvlan #1
- SWITCH_ID = 0b001: this is switch 1 (see the name "sw1p0")
- PORT = 0b0000: this is port 0 (see the name "sw1p0")
The driver also remembers the "1 -> 100" mapping. In the hotpath, if the
sub-VLAN from the tag encodes a non-untagged frame, this mapping is used
to create a VLAN hwaccel tag, with the value of 100.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In VLAN-unaware mode, sja1105 uses VLAN tags with a custom TPID of
0xdadb. While in the yet-to-be introduced best_effort_vlan_filtering
mode, it needs to work with normal VLAN TPID values.
A complication arises when we must transmit a VLAN-tagged packet to the
switch when it's in VLAN-aware mode. We need to construct a packet with
2 VLAN tags, and the switch will use the outer header for routing and
pop it on egress. But sadly, here the 2 hardware generations don't
behave the same:
- E/T switches won't pop an ETH_P_8021AD tag on egress, it seems
(packets will remain double-tagged).
- P/Q/R/S switches will drop a packet with 2 ETH_P_8021Q tags (it looks
like it tries to prevent VLAN hopping).
But looks like the reverse is also true:
- E/T switches have no problem popping the outer tag from packets with
2 ETH_P_8021Q tags.
- P/Q/R/S will have no problem popping a single tag even if that is
ETH_P_8021AD.
So it is clear that if we want the hardware to work with dsa_8021q
tagging in VLAN-aware mode, we need to send different TPIDs depending on
revision. Keep that information in priv->info->qinq_tpid.
The per-port tagger structure will hold an xmit_tpid value that depends
not only upon the qinq_tpid, but also upon the VLAN awareness state
itself (in case we must transmit using 0xdadb).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Managing the VLAN table that is present in hardware will become very
difficult once we add a third operating state
(best_effort_vlan_filtering). That is because correct cleanup (not too
little, not too much) becomes virtually impossible, when VLANs can be
added from the bridge layer, from dsa_8021q for basic tagging, for
cross-chip bridging, as well as retagging rules for sub-VLANs and
cross-chip sub-VLANs. So we need to rethink VLAN interaction with the
switch in a more scalable way.
In preparation for that, use the priv->expect_dsa_8021q boolean to
classify any VLAN request received through .port_vlan_add or
.port_vlan_del towards either one of 2 internal lists: bridge VLANs and
dsa_8021q VLANs.
Then, implement a central sja1105_build_vlan_table method that creates a
VLAN configuration from scratch based on the 2 lists of VLANs kept by
the driver, and based on the VLAN awareness state. Currently, if we are
VLAN-unaware, install the dsa_8021q VLANs, otherwise the bridge VLANs.
Then, implement a delta commit procedure that identifies which VLANs
from this new configuration are actually different from the config
previously committed to hardware. We apply the delta through the dynamic
configuration interface (we don't reset the switch). The result is that
the hardware should see the exact sequence of operations as before this
patch.
This also helps remove the "br" argument passed to
dsa_8021q_crosschip_bridge_join, which it was only using to figure out
whether it should commit the configuration back to us or not, based on
the VLAN awareness state of the bridge. We can simplify that, by always
allowing those VLANs inside of our dsa_8021q_vlans list, and committing
those to hardware when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function returns a boolean denoting whether the VLAN passed as
argument is part of the 1024-3071 range that the dsa_8021q tagging
scheme uses.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not
vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel
software bridge code allows configuration in this state.
This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the
hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct
configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse,
enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic
which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing.
Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive
vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very
least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up
ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is
also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable
for all DSA bridges is not known.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sja1105_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ocelot_netdev_ops should be const since that is what the DSA layer
expects.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sja1105 uses dsa_8021q for DSA tagging, a format which is VLAN at heart
and which is compatible with cascading. A complete description of this
tagging format is in net/dsa/tag_8021q.c, but a quick summary is that
each external-facing port tags incoming frames with a unique pvid, and
this special VLAN is transmitted as tagged towards the inside of the
system, and as untagged towards the exterior. The tag encodes the switch
id and the source port index.
This means that cross-chip bridging for dsa_8021q only entails adding
the dsa_8021q pvids of one switch to the RX filter of the other
switches. Everything else falls naturally into place, as long as the
bottom-end of ports (the leaves in the tree) is comprised exclusively of
dsa_8021q-compatible (i.e. sja1105 switches). Otherwise, there would be
a chance that a front-panel switch transmits a packet tagged with a
dsa_8021q header, header which it wouldn't be able to remove, and which
would hence "leak" out.
The only use case I tested (due to lack of board availability) was when
the sja1105 switches are part of disjoint trees (however, this doesn't
change the fact that multiple sja1105 switches still need unique switch
identifiers in such a system). But in principle, even "true" single-tree
setups (with DSA links) should work just as fine, except for a small
change which I can't test: dsa_towards_port should be used instead of
dsa_upstream_port (I made the assumption that the routing port that any
sja1105 should use towards its neighbours is the CPU port. That might
not hold true in other setups).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Somewhat similar to dsa_tree_find, dsa_switch_find returns a dsa_switch
structure pointer by searching for its tree index and switch index (the
parameters from dsa,member). To be used, for example, by drivers who
implement .crosschip_bridge_join and need a reference to the other
switch indicated to by the tree_index and sw_index arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
One way of utilizing DSA is by cascading switches which do not all have
compatible taggers. Consider the following real-life topology:
+---------------------------------------------------------------+
| LS1028A |
| +------------------------------+ |
| | DSA master for Felix | |
| |(internal ENETC port 2: eno2))| |
| +------------+------------------------------+-------------+ |
| | Felix embedded L2 switch | |
| | | |
| | +--------------+ +--------------+ +--------------+ | |
| | |DSA master for| |DSA master for| |DSA master for| | |
| | | SJA1105 1 | | SJA1105 2 | | SJA1105 3 | | |
| | |(Felix port 1)| |(Felix port 2)| |(Felix port 3)| | |
+--+-+--------------+---+--------------+---+--------------+--+--+
+-----------------------+ +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
| SJA1105 switch 1 | | SJA1105 switch 2 | | SJA1105 switch 3 |
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
|sw1p0|sw1p1|sw1p2|sw1p3| |sw2p0|sw2p1|sw2p2|sw2p3| |sw3p0|sw3p1|sw3p2|sw3p3|
+-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+
The above can be described in the device tree as follows (obviously not
complete):
mscc_felix {
dsa,member = <0 0>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&enetc_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch1 {
dsa,member = <1 1>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port1>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch2 {
dsa,member = <2 2>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port2>;
};
};
};
sja1105_switch3 {
dsa,member = <3 3>;
ports {
port@4 {
ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port3>;
};
};
};
Basically we instantiate one DSA switch tree for every hardware switch
in the system, but we still give them globally unique switch IDs (will
come back to that later). Having 3 disjoint switch trees makes the
tagger drivers "just work", because net devices are registered for the
3 Felix DSA master ports, and they are also DSA slave ports to the ENETC
port. So packets received on the ENETC port are stripped of their
stacked DSA tags one by one.
Currently, hardware bridging between ports on the same sja1105 chip is
possible, but switching between sja1105 ports on different chips is
handled by the software bridge. This is fine, but we can do better.
In fact, the dsa_8021q tag used by sja1105 is compatible with cascading.
In other words, a sja1105 switch can correctly parse and route a packet
containing a dsa_8021q tag. So if we could enable hardware bridging on
the Felix DSA master ports, cross-chip bridging could be completely
offloaded.
Such as system would be used as follows:
ip link add dev br0 type bridge && ip link set dev br0 up
for port in sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 \
sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 \
sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3; do
ip link set dev $port master br0
done
The above makes switching between ports on the same row be performed in
hardware, and between ports on different rows in software. Now assume
the Felix switch ports are called swp0, swp1, swp2. By running the
following extra commands:
ip link add dev br1 type bridge && ip link set dev br1 up
for port in swp0 swp1 swp2; do
ip link set dev $port master br1
done
the CPU no longer sees packets which traverse sja1105 switch boundaries
and can be forwarded directly by Felix. The br1 bridge would not be used
for any sort of traffic termination.
For this to work, we need to give drivers an opportunity to listen for
bridging events on DSA trees other than their own, and pass that other
tree index as argument. I have made the assumption, for the moment, that
the other existing DSA notifiers don't need to be broadcast to other
trees. That assumption might turn out to be incorrect. But in the
meantime, introduce a dsa_broadcast function, similar in purpose to
dsa_port_notify, which is used only by the bridging notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
netpoll_send_skb() callers seem to leak skb if
the np pointer is NULL. While this should not happen, we
can make the code more robust.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an
error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It
should not have a trailing newline.
Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is
present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally
included a trailing new line.
I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script
only implements context, report, and org.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As its implementation shows, this is synonimous with calling
dsa_slave_dev_check followed by dsa_slave_to_port, so it is quite simple
already and provides functionality which is already there.
However there is now a need for these functions outside dsa_priv.h, for
example in drivers that perform mirroring and redirection through
tc-flower offloads (they are given raw access to the flow_cls_offload
structure), where they need to call this function on act->dev.
But simply exporting dsa_slave_to_port would make it non-inline and
would result in an extra function call in the hotpath, as can be seen
for example in sja1105:
Before:
000006dc <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6dc: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e0: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6e4: e591958c ldr r9, [r1, #1420] ; 0x58c <- Inline dsa_slave_to_port
6e8: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6f0: e1c901d8 ldrd r0, [r9, #24]
6f4: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
6f4: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
u8 pcp = netdev_txq_to_tc(netdev, queue_mapping);
6f8: e1d416b0 ldrh r1, [r4, #96] ; 0x60
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
6fc: e1a08000 mov r8, r0
After:
000006e4 <sja1105_xmit>:
{
6e4: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr}
6e8: e1a04000 mov r4, r0
6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f0: e1a00001 mov r0, r1
{
6f4: e1a05001 mov r5, r1
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev);
6f8: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_slave_to_port>
6f8: R_ARM_CALL dsa_slave_to_port
6fc: e1a09000 mov r9, r0
u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index);
700: e1c001d8 ldrd r0, [r0, #24]
704: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid>
704: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid
Because we want to avoid possible performance regressions, introduce
this new function which is designed to be public.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ndo_get_phys_port_name() for the CPU port was added we introduced
an early check for when the DSA master network device in
dsa_master_ndo_setup() already implements ndo_get_phys_port_name(). When
we perform the teardown operation in dsa_master_ndo_teardown() we would
not be checking that cpu_dp->orig_ndo_ops was successfully allocated and
non-NULL initialized.
With network device drivers such as virtio_net, this leads to a NPD as
soon as the DSA switch hanging off of it gets torn down because we are
now assigning the virtio_net device's netdev_ops a NULL pointer.
Fixes: da7b9e9b00 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_get_phys_port_name() for CPU port")
Reported-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was caused by a poor merge conflict resolution on my side. The
"act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];" assignment was already present in
the code prior to the patch mentioned below.
Fixes: e13c207528 ("net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts the folowing commits:
commit 064ff66e2b
"bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 53d374979e
"net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()"
commit 1f26c0d3d2
"net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>"
commit ab92d68fc2
"net: core: add generic lockdep keys"
but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock
addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock
this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast
path.
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports"), we would
not treat failures to set-up an user port as fatal, but after this
commit we would, which is a regression for some systems where interfaces
may be declared in the Device Tree, but the underlying hardware may not
be present (pluggable daughter cards for instance).
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than
providing a callback to set this up.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as
geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing.
CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to
greatly improve overall DSA performance.
skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't
need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in
the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1].
The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct
dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields
remain in one 32-byte cacheline.
The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices
that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use
napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are
completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO.
This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses
napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the
variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead.
net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit
on particular setups and platforms.
iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup
on 1.2 GHz MIPS board:
5.7-rc2 baseline:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 7097731 7097702
port0 426050 6671829
port1 6671681 425862
port1.218 6671677 425851
With this patch:
[ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr
[ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender
[ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver
Iface RX packets TX packets
eth0 9474792 9474777
port0 455200 353288
port1 9019592 455035
port1.218 353144 455024
v2:
- Add some performance examples in the commit message;
- No functional changes.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to fail the probing of the switch if the MTU couldn't
be configured correctly (either the switch port itself, or the host
port) for whatever reason. MTU-sized traffic probably won't work, sure,
but we can still probably limp on and support some form of communication
anyway, which the users would probably appreciate more.
Fixes: bfcb813203 ("net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports")
Reported-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA and CPU ports can be configured in two ways. By default, the
driver should configure such ports to there maximum bandwidth. For
most use cases, this is sufficient. When this default is insufficient,
a phylink instance can be bound to such ports, and phylink will
configure the port, e.g. based on fixed-link properties. phylink
assumes the port is initially down. Given that the driver should have
already configured it to its maximum speed, ask the driver to down
the port before instantiating the phylink instance.
Fixes: 30c4a5b0aa ("net: mv88e6xxx: use resolved link config in mac_link_up()")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: f41071407c85 ("net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix an oops in dsa_port_phylink_mac_change() caused by a combination
of a20f997010 ("net: dsa: Don't instantiate phylink for CPU/DSA
ports unless needed") and the net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration
series of patches 65b7a2c8e3 ("Merge branch
'net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration'").
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000124
pgd = c0004000
[00000124] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 805 [#1] SMP ARM
Modules linked in: tag_edsa spi_nor mtd xhci_plat_hcd mv88e6xxx(+) xhci_hcd armada_thermal marvell_cesa dsa_core ehci_orion libdes phy_armada38x_comphy at24 mcp3021 sfp evbug spi_orion sff mdio_i2c
CPU: 1 PID: 214 Comm: irq/55-mv88e6xx Not tainted 5.6.0+ #470
Hardware name: Marvell Armada 380/385 (Device Tree)
PC is at phylink_mac_change+0x10/0x88
LR is at mv88e6352_serdes_irq_status+0x74/0x94 [mv88e6xxx]
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is
pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that
the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes
simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how
flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has
full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the
mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in preparing the module name in a buffer. The format
string can be passed diectly to 'request_module()'.
This axes a few lines of code and cleans a few things:
- max len for a driver name is MODULE_NAME_LEN wich is ~ 60 chars,
not 128. It would be down-sized in 'request_module()'
- we should pass the total size of the buffer to 'snprintf()', not the
size minus 1
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping header include additions in macsec.c
A bug fix in 'net' overlapping with the removal of 'version'
string in ena_netdev.c
Overlapping test additions in selftests Makefile
Overlapping PCI ID table adjustments in iwlwifi driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only did this wheel did not need reinventing, but there is also
an issue with it: It doesn't remove the VLAN header in a way that
preserves the L2 payload checksum when that is being provided by the DSA
master hw. It should recalculate checksum both for the push, before
removing the header, and for the pull afterwards. But the current
implementation is quite dizzying, with pulls followed immediately
afterwards by pushes, the memmove is done before the push, etc. This
makes a DSA master with RX checksumming offload to print stack traces
with the infamous 'hw csum failure' message.
So remove the dsa_8021q_remove_header function and replace it with
something that actually works with inet checksumming.
Fixes: d461933638 ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create helper function for removing VLAN header")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a flow_dissect callback which returns the network offset and
where to find the skb protocol, given the tags structure a common
function works for both tagging formats that are supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both the switch and the bridge are learning about new addresses,
switch ports attached to the bridge would see duplicate ARP frames
because both entities would attempt to send them.
Fixes: 5037d532b8 ("net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler")
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the
FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align
the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there
is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters.
Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers
and enum values.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue a warning to the kernel log if phylink_mac_link_state() returns
an error. This should not occur, but let's make it visible.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, DSA drivers should configure CPU and DSA ports to their
maximum speed. In many configurations this is sufficient to make the
link work.
In some cases it is necessary to configure the link to run slower,
e.g. because of limitations of the SoC it is connected to. Or back to
back PHYs are used and the PHY needs to be driven in order to
establish link. In this case, phylink is used.
Only instantiate phylink if it is required. If there is no PHY, or no
fixed link properties, phylink can upset a link which works in the
default configuration.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce flow_action_basic_hw_stats_types_check() helper and use it
in drivers. That sanitizes the drivers which do not have support
for action HW stats types.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ocelot has the concept of a CPU port. The CPU port is represented in the
forwarding and the queueing system, but it is not a physical device. The
CPU port can either be accessed via register-based injection/extraction
(which is the case of Ocelot), via Frame-DMA (similar to the first one),
or "connected" to a physical Ethernet port (called NPI in the datasheet)
which is the case of the Felix DSA switch.
In Ocelot the CPU port is at index 11.
In Felix the CPU port is at index 6.
The CPU bit is treated special in the forwarding, as it is never cleared
from the forwarding port mask (once added to it). Other than that, it is
treated the same as a normal front port.
Both Felix and Ocelot should use the CPU port in the same way. This
means that Felix should not use the NPI port directly when forwarding to
the CPU, but instead use the CPU port.
This patch is fixing this such that Felix will use port 6 as its CPU
port, and just use the NPI port to carry the traffic.
Therefore, eliminate the "ocelot->cpu" variable which was holding the
index of the NPI port for Felix, and the index of the CPU port module
for Ocelot, so the variable was actually configuring different things
for different drivers and causing at least part of the confusion.
Also remove the "ocelot->num_cpu_ports" variable, which is the result of
another confusion. The 2 CPU ports mentioned in the datasheet are
because there are two frame extraction channels (register based or DMA
based). This is of no relevance to the driver at the moment, and
invisible to the analyzer module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available
for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch
capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to
even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying
switch driver.
DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding
flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Place phylink_start()/phylink_stop() inside dsa_port_enable() and
dsa_port_disable(), which ensures that we call phylink_stop() before
tearing down phylink - which is a documented requirement. Failure
to do so can cause use-after-free bugs.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link configuration down via DSA's
phylink_mac_link_up() operation to allow split PCS/MAC to work.
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link parameters via the mac_link_up() call for
MACs that do not automatically track their PCS state. We propagate the
link parameters via function arguments so that inappropriate members
of struct phylink_link_state can't be accessed, and creating a new
structure just for this adds needless complexity to the API.
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA sets up a switch tree little by little. Every switch of the N
members of the tree calls dsa_register_switch, and (N - 1) will just
touch the dst->ports list with their ports and quickly exit. Only the
last switch that calls dsa_register_switch will find all DSA links
complete in dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, and not return zero as a
result but instead go ahead and set up the entire DSA switch tree
(practically on behalf of the other switches too).
The trouble is that the (N - 1) switches don't clean up after themselves
after they get an error such as EPROBE_DEFER. Their footprint left in
dst->ports by dsa_switch_touch_ports is still there. And switch N, the
one responsible with actually setting up the tree, is going to work with
those stale dp, dp->ds and dp->ds->dev pointers. In particular ds and
ds->dev might get freed by the device driver.
Be there a 2-switch tree and the following calling order:
- Switch 1 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Calls dsa_port_parse_cpu, gets -EPROBE_DEFER, exits.
- Switch 2 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Probe doesn't get deferred, so it goes ahead.
- Calls dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, which returns "complete == true"
due to Switch 1 having called dsa_switch_touch_ports before.
- Because the DSA links are complete, it calls dsa_tree_setup_switches
now.
- dsa_tree_setup_switches iterates through dst->ports, initializing
the Switch 1 ds structure (invalid) and the Switch 2 ds structure
(valid).
- Undefined behavior (use after free, sometimes NULL pointers, etc).
Real example below (debugging prints added by me, as well as guards
against NULL pointers):
[ 5.477947] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.313002] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.319932] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.329693] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.339458] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.349226] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.358991] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.368758] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.378524] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.388291] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.398057] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.407912] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.417682] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.427446] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.437212] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.446979] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.456744] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.466512] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.476277] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.486043] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.495810] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.505577] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.515433] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.354120] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.361045] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.370805] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.380571] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.390337] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.400104] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.409872] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.419637] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.429403] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.439169] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
The solution is to recognize that the functions that call
dsa_switch_touch_ports (dsa_switch_parse_of, dsa_switch_parse) have side
effects, and therefore one should clean up their side effects on error
path. The cleanup of dst->ports was taken from dsa_switch_remove and
moved into a dedicated dsa_switch_release_ports function, which should
really be per-switch (free only the members of dst->ports that are also
members of ds, instead of all switch ports).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA subsystem takes care of netdev statistics since commit 4ed70ce9f0
("net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication"), so
any accounting inside tagger callbacks is redundant and can lead to
messing up the stats.
This bug is present in Qualcomm tagger since day 0.
Fixes: cafdc45c94 ("net-next: dsa: add Qualcomm tag RX/TX handler")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The correct name is GSWIP (Gigabit Switch IP). Typo was introduced in
875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure") while
moving tagger names to their structures.
Fixes: 875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not
part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA
slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this
is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a
remove chance of working.
This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices
have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag
protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting
those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost
switches if necessary.
The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an
additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current
tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA drivers that implement .phylink_mac_link_state should normally
register an interrupt for the PCS, from which they should call
phylink_mac_change(). However not all switches implement this, and those
who don't should set this flag in dsa_switch in the .setup callback, so
that PHYLINK will poll for a few ms until the in-band AN link timer
expires and the PCS state settles.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a cosmetic patch that makes the dp, tx_vid, queue_mapping and
pcp local variable definitions a bit closer in length, so they don't
look like an eyesore as much.
The 'ds' variable is not used otherwise, except for ds->dp.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism:
1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more
inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs
to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to
figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare
occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism:
sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb.
2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires
management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed
to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet
rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent
to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the
scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is
a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses
(more below).
3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too
much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't
Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires
some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an
out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA
tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that:
if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such
as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively
the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely
not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more
widespread use of this mechanism.
Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues:
For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract
the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The
advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit
doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath.
For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work.
If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads
will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15
character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can
change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit).
For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105
driver.
So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and
adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX
timestamping, in sja1105_main.c.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to kill PTP on a DSA switch completely and absolutely,
until a reboot, with a simple command:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
where eth2 is the switch's DSA master.
Why? Well, in short, the PTP API in place today is a bit rudimentary and
relies on applications to retrieve the TX timestamps by polling the
error queue and looking at the cmsg structure. But there is no timestamp
identification of any sorts (except whether it's HW or SW), you don't
know how many more timestamps are there to come, which one is this one,
from whom it is, etc. In other words, the SO_TIMESTAMPING API is
fundamentally limited in that you can get a single HW timestamp from the
stack.
And the "-j adapter_unsynced" flag of tcpdump enables hardware
timestamping.
So let's imagine what happens when the DSA master decides it wants to
deliver TX timestamps to the skb's socket too:
- The timestamp that the user space sees is taken by the DSA master.
Whereas the RX timestamp will eventually be overwritten by the DSA
switch. So the RX and TX timestamps will be in different time bases
(aka garbage).
- The user space applications have no way to deal with the second (real)
TX timestamp finally delivered by the DSA switch, or even to know to
wait for it.
Take ptp4l from the linuxptp project, for example. This is its behavior
after running tcpdump, before the patch:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.594] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.693] rms 8 max 16 freq -21257 +/- 11 delay 748 +/- 0
ptp4l[172]: [6469.711] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 05 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.721] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b1 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.838] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 06 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.848] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 13 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 36 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 04 1a 45 05 7f
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 5e 05 41 32 27 c2 1a 68 00 04 9f ff fe 05
ptp4l[172]: 0040 de 06 00 01
ptp4l[172]: [6469.855] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b2 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.974] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 07 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
The ptp4l program itself is heavily patched to show this (more details
here [0]). Otherwise, by default it just hangs.
On the other hand, with the DSA patch to disallow HW timestamping
applied:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
tcpdump: SIOCSHWTSTAMP failed: Device or resource busy
So it is a fact of life that PTP timestamping on the DSA master is
incompatible with timestamping on the switch MAC, at least with the
current API. And if the switch supports PTP, taking the timestamps from
the switch MAC is highly preferable anyway, due to the fact that those
don't contain the queuing latencies of the switch. So just disallow PTP
on the DSA master if there is any PTP-capable switch attached.
[0]: https://sourceforge.net/p/linuxptp/mailman/message/36880648/
Fixes: 0336369d3a ("net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove special taglen define KSZ8795_INGRESS_TAG_LEN
and use generic KSZ_INGRESS_TAG_LEN instead.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for tag format used in Atheros AR9331 built-in switch.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_link_touch() is not exported, or defined outside of the
file it is in so make it static to avoid the following warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:127:17: warning: symbol 'dsa_link_touch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks (Codethink) <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 77373d49de ("net: dsa: Move the phylink driver calls into
port.c") moved and exported a bunch of symbols, but they are not used
outside of net/dsa/port.c at the moment, so no reason to export them.
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the mac_link_state() method to mac_pcs_get_state() to make it
clear that it should be returning the MACs PCS current state, which
is used for inband negotiation rather than just reading back what the
MAC has been configured for. Update the documentation to explicitly
mention that this is for inband.
We drop the return value as well; most of phylink doesn't check the
return value and it is not clear what it should do on error - instead
arrange for state->link to be false.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch is to reuse ocelot functions as possible to enable PTP
clock and to support hardware timestamping on Felix.
On TX path, timestamping works on packet which requires timestamp.
The injection header will be configured accordingly, and skb clone
requires timestamp will be added into a list. The TX timestamp
is final handled in threaded interrupt handler when PTP timestamp
FIFO is ready.
On RX path, timestamping is always working. The RX timestamp could
be got from extraction header.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sequence of operations:
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
bridge vlan del dev swp2 vid 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
apparently fails with the message:
[ 31.305716] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config. Reason: VLAN filtering
[ 31.322161] sja1105 spi0.1: Couldn't determine PVID attributes (pvid 0)
[ 31.328939] sja1105 spi0.1: Failed to setup VLAN tagging for port 1: -2
[ 31.335599] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 31.340215] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 194 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 31.349981] br0: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 31.354890] Modules linked in:
[ 31.357942] CPU: 1 PID: 194 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.4.0-rc6-01792-gf4f632e07665-dirty #2062
[ 31.366167] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 31.370437] [<c03144dc>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e184>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 31.378153] [<c030e184>] (show_stack) from [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack+0xe0/0x10c)
[ 31.385437] [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack) from [<c034c730>] (__warn+0xf4/0x10c)
[ 31.392373] [<c034c730>] (__warn) from [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x74/0xb8)
[ 31.399827] [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4)
[ 31.409097] [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle+0x6c/0x118)
[ 31.418971] [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle) from [<c115d010>] (br_changelink+0xf8/0x518)
[ 31.427637] [<c115d010>] (br_changelink) from [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x3f4/0x76c)
[ 31.435613] [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 31.443329] [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x2cc/0x51c)
[ 31.451477] [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 31.459796] [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb) from [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast+0x17c/0x1f8)
[ 31.468026] [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast) from [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x2bc/0x3b4)
[ 31.476261] [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg) from [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg+0x230/0x250)
[ 31.484408] [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg) from [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x50/0x8c)
[ 31.492209] [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 31.500090] Exception stack(0xedf47fa8 to 0xedf47ff0)
[ 31.505122] 7fa0: 00000002 b6f2e060 00000003 beabd6a4 00000000 00000000
[ 31.513265] 7fc0: 00000002 b6f2e060 5d6e3213 00000128 00000000 00000001 00000006 000619c4
[ 31.521405] 7fe0: 00086078 beabd658 0005edbc b6e7ce68
The reason is the implementation of br_get_pvid:
static inline u16 br_get_pvid(const struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg)
{
if (!vg)
return 0;
smp_rmb();
return vg->pvid;
}
Since VID 0 is an invalid pvid from the bridge's point of view, let's
add this check in dsa_8021q_restore_pvid to avoid restoring a pvid that
doesn't really exist.
Fixes: 5f33183b7f ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Restore bridge VLANs when enabling vlan_filtering")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While it is entirely possible that this tagger format is in fact more
generic than just these 2 switch families, I don't have that knowledge.
The Seville switch in NXP T1040 has a similar frame format, but there
are enough differences (e.g. DEST field starts at bit 57 instead of 56)
that calling this file tag_vitesse.c is a bit of a stretch at the
moment. The frame format has been listed in a comment so that people who
add support for further Vitesse switches can rework this tagger while
keeping compatibility with Felix.
The "ocelot" name was chosen instead of "felix" because even the Ocelot
switch can act as a DSA device when it is used in NPI mode, and the Felix
tagger format is almost identical. Currently it is only used for the
Felix switch embedded in the NXP LS1028A chip.
The ABI for this tagger should be considered "not stable" at the moment.
The DSA tag is always placed before the Ethernet header and therefore,
we are using the long prefix for RX tags to avoid putting the DSA master
port in promiscuous mode. Once there will be an API in DSA for drivers
to request DSA masters to be in promiscuous mode unconditionally, we
will switch to the "no prefix" extraction frame header, which will save
16 padding bytes for each RX frame.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for a switch driver to use NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q as a valid
DSA tagging protocol since it registers itself as such, unfortunately
since there are not xmit or rcv functions provided, the lack of a xmit()
function will lead to a NPD in dsa_slave_xmit() to start with.
net/dsa/tag_8021q.c is only comprised of a set of helper functions at
the moment, but is not a fully autonomous or functional tagging "driver"
(though it could become later on). We do not have any users of
NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q so now is a good time to make sure there are not
issues being encountered by making this file strictly a place holder for
helper functions.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add wrappers around the devlink resource API, so that DSA drivers can
register and unregister devlink resources.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The order in which the ports are deleted from the list and freed and the
call to dsa_switch_remove() is done is reversed, which leads to an
use after free condition. Reverse the two: first tear down the ports and
switch from the fabric, then free the ports associated with that switch
fabric.
Fixes: 05f294a852 ("net: dsa: allocate ports on touch")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum,
phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of
the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the
compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision
with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision.
Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an
error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t,
where the phy mode should be stored.
v2:
Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error.
Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode()
Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors
Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees
v3:
Fix 0-day reported errors.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only slightly tricky merge conflict was the netdevsim because the
mutex locking fix overlapped a lot of driver reload reorganization.
The rest were (relatively) trivial in nature.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's no restriction from the DSA core side regarding
the switch IDs and port numbers, only tag_8021q which is currently
reserving 3 bits for the switch ID and 4 bits for the port number, has
limitation for these values. Update their descriptions to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because there is no static array describing the links between switches
anymore, we have no reason to force a limitation of the index value
set by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA fabric setup code has been simplified a lot so get rid of
the dsa_tree_remove_switch, dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_switch_add
helpers, and keep the code simple with only the dsa_switch_probe and
dsa_switch_remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA ports are listed in the switch fabric, there is
no need to store the dsa_switch structures from the drivers in the
fabric anymore. So get rid of the dst->ds static array.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure has no routing table specific data to setup,
so the switch fabric can directly walk its ports and initialize its
routing table from them.
This allows us to remove the dsa_switch_setup_routing_table function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers do not use the ds->rtable static arrays anymore, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a new list of DSA links in the switch fabric itself, to
provide an alterative to the ds->rtable static arrays.
At the same time, provide a new dsa_routing_port() helper to abstract
the usage of ds->rtable in drivers. If there's no port to reach a
given device, return the first invalid port, ds->num_ports. This avoids
potential signedness errors or the need to define special values.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds glue logic to make pause settings per port
configurable vie ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add plumbing to allow DSA drivers to register parameters with devlink.
To keep with the abstraction, the DSA drivers pass the ds structure to
these helpers, and the DSA core then translates that to the devlink
structure associated to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ds->dev is dereferenced on the assignments of pdata and
np before ds->dev is null checked, hence there is a potential null
pointer dereference on ds->dev. Fix this by assigning pdata and
np after the ds->dev null pointer sanity check.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 7e99e34701 ("net: dsa: remove dsa_switch_alloc helper")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some interface types could be nested.
(VLAN, BONDING, TEAM, MACSEC, MACVLAN, IPVLAN, VIRT_WIFI, VXLAN, etc..)
These interface types should set lockdep class because, without lockdep
class key, lockdep always warn about unexisting circular locking.
In the current code, these interfaces have their own lockdep class keys and
these manage itself. So that there are so many duplicate code around the
/driver/net and /net/.
This patch adds new generic lockdep keys and some helper functions for it.
This patch does below changes.
a) Add lockdep class keys in struct net_device
- qdisc_running, xmit, addr_list, qdisc_busylock
- these keys are used as dynamic lockdep key.
b) When net_device is being allocated, lockdep keys are registered.
- alloc_netdev_mqs()
c) When net_device is being free'd llockdep keys are unregistered.
- free_netdev()
d) Add generic lockdep key helper function
- netdev_register_lockdep_key()
- netdev_unregister_lockdep_key()
- netdev_update_lockdep_key()
e) Remove unnecessary generic lockdep macro and functions
f) Remove unnecessary lockdep code of each interfaces.
After this patch, each interface modules don't need to maintain
their lockdep keys.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ports are dynamically listed in the fabric, there is no need
to provide a special helper to allocate the dsa_switch structure. This
will give more flexibility to drivers to embed this structure as they
wish in their private structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Allocate the struct dsa_port the first time it is accessed with
dsa_port_touch, and remove the static dsa_port array from the
dsa_switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the default CPU port. Unassign it on teardown.
Now that we can iterate over multiple CPU ports, remove dst->cpu_dp.
At the same time, provide a better error message for CPU-less tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking up the first CPU port in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Now that we have a potential list of CPU ports, make use of it instead
of only configuring the master device of an unique CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports to find a port from a given node.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of accessing the dsa_switch array
of ports when iterating over DSA ports of a switch to set up the
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the switches and their ports.
At the same time, provide setup states and messages for ports and
switches as it is done for the trees.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking for a slave device from a given master interface.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Add a list of switch ports within the switch fabric. This will help the
lookup of a port inside the whole fabric, and it is the first step
towards supporting multiple CPU ports, before deprecating the usage of
the unique dst->cpu_dp pointer.
In preparation for a future allocation of the dsa_port structures,
return -ENOMEM in case no structure is returned, even though this
error cannot be reached yet.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Do not let the drivers access the ds->ports static array directly
while there is a dsa_to_port helper for this purpose.
At the same time, un-const this helper since the SJA1105 driver
assigns the priv member of the returned dsa_port structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
If there are multiple switch trees on the device, only the last one
will be listed, because the arguments of list_add_tail are swapped.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently this stack trace can be seen with CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y:
[ 41.568348] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/locking/mutex.c:909
[ 41.576757] in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 208, name: ptp4l
[ 41.583212] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
[ 41.587123] CPU: 1 PID: 208 Comm: ptp4l Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01445-ge950f2d4bc7f-dirty #1827
[ 41.599873] [<c0313d7c>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e13c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 41.607584] [<c030e13c>] (show_stack) from [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack+0xd4/0x100)
[ 41.614863] [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack) from [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep+0x1c8/0x2b4)
[ 41.622574] [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep) from [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock+0x48/0xab8)
[ 41.630368] [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock) from [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested+0x1c/0x24)
[ 41.638340] [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested) from [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload+0x30/0x27c)
[ 41.647779] [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload) from [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set+0x108/0x1cc)
[ 41.657562] [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set) from [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc+0x18c/0x330)
[ 41.665788] [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc) from [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl+0x320/0x6e8)
[ 41.673064] [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl) from [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl+0x334/0x5e8)
[ 41.680340] [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0xb0/0xa10)
[ 41.687789] [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl+0x34/0x58)
[ 41.695151] [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 41.702768] Exception stack(0xe8495fa8 to 0xe8495ff0)
[ 41.707796] 5fa0: beff4a8c 00000001 00000011 000089b0 beff4a8c beff4a80
[ 41.715933] 5fc0: beff4a8c 00000001 0000000c 00000036 b6fa98c8 004e19c1 00000001 00000000
[ 41.724069] 5fe0: 004dcedc beff4a6c 004c0738 b6e7af4c
[ 41.729860] BUG: scheduling while atomic: ptp4l/208/0x00000002
[ 41.735682] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
Enabling RX timestamping will logically disturb the fastpath (processing
of meta frames). Replace bool hwts_rx_en with a bit that is checked
atomically from the fastpath and temporarily unset from the sleepable
context during a change of the RX timestamping process (a destructive
operation anyways, requires switch reset).
If found unset, the fastpath (net/dsa/tag_sja1105.c) will just drop any
received meta frame and not take the meta_lock at all.
Fixes: a602afd200 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Expose PTP timestamping ioctls to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation patch for the tc-taprio offload (and potentially
for other future offloads such as tc-mqprio).
Instead of looking directly at skb->priority during xmit, let's get the
netdev queue and the queue-to-traffic-class mapping, and put the
resulting traffic class into the dsa_8021q PCP field. The switch is
configured with a 1-to-1 PCP-to-ingress-queue-to-egress-queue mapping
(see vlan_pmap in sja1105_main.c), so the effect is that we can inject
into a front-panel's egress traffic class through VLAN tagging from
Linux, completely transparently.
Unfortunately the switch doesn't look at the VLAN PCP in the case of
management traffic to/from the CPU (link-local frames at
01-80-C2-xx-xx-xx or 01-1B-19-xx-xx-xx) so we can't alter the
transmission queue of this type of traffic on a frame-by-frame basis. It
is only selected through the "hostprio" setting which ATM is harcoded in
the driver to 7.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action
qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons -
hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port
mirroring.
Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc
offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it
implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA core, DSA taggers and DSA drivers all make use of
module_init(). Hence they get initialised at device_initcall() time.
The ordering is non-deterministic. It can be a DSA driver is bound to
a device before the needed tag driver has been initialised, resulting
in the message:
No tagger for this switch
Rather than have this be fatal, return -EPROBE_DEFER so that it is
tried again later once all the needed drivers have been loaded.
Fixes: d3b8c04988 ("dsa: Add boilerplate helper to register DSA tag driver modules")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the superfluous NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ_COMMON and just use the existing
NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ. Update the description to mention the three switch
families it supports. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a function such as dsa_slave_create fails, currently the following
stack trace can be seen:
[ 2.038342] sja1105 spi0.1: Probed switch chip: SJA1105T
[ 2.054556] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config
[ 2.063837] sja1105 spi0.1: Enabled switch tagging
[ 2.068706] fsl-gianfar soc:ethernet@2d90000 eth2: error -19 setting up slave phy
[ 2.076371] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 2.080973] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21 at net/core/devlink.c:6184 devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0
[ 2.088954] Modules linked in:
[ 2.092005] CPU: 1 PID: 21 Comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01360-g41b52e38d2b6-dirty #1746
[ 2.100912] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 2.105162] Workqueue: events deferred_probe_work_func
[ 2.110287] [<c03133a4>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 2.117992] [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack) from [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack+0xb4/0xc8)
[ 2.125180] [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack) from [<c0349d04>] (__warn+0xe0/0xf8)
[ 2.132018] [<c0349d04>] (__warn) from [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x40/0x48)
[ 2.139549] [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0)
[ 2.147772] [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free) from [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown+0x60/0x6c)
[ 2.155907] [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown) from [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch+0x8e4/0xaa8)
[ 2.164821] [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch) from [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe+0x21c/0x2ec)
[ 2.173216] [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe) from [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe+0x80/0xa4)
[ 2.180920] [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe) from [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe+0x108/0x400)
[ 2.188711] [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe) from [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device+0x78/0x1bc)
[ 2.196933] [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv+0x58/0xb8)
[ 2.205414] [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv) from [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach+0xd0/0x168)
[ 2.213637] [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach) from [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device+0x84/0x8c)
[ 2.221772] [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device) from [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func+0x84/0xc4)
[ 2.230686] [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func) from [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work+0x218/0x510)
[ 2.239772] [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work) from [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread+0x2a8/0x5c0)
[ 2.247908] [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread) from [<c036b348>] (kthread+0x148/0x150)
[ 2.255265] [<c036b348>] (kthread) from [<c03010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
[ 2.262444] Exception stack(0xea965fb0 to 0xea965ff8)
[ 2.267466] 5fa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.275598] 5fc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.283729] 5fe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000
[ 2.290333] ---[ end trace ca5d506728a0581a ]---
devlink_free is complaining right here:
WARN_ON(!list_empty(&devlink->port_list));
This happens because devlink_port_unregister is no longer done right
away in dsa_port_setup when a DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER has failed.
Vivien said about this change that:
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
which is not really true. The devlink_port_unregister function _is_
being called unconditionally from within dsa_port_setup, but not for
this port that just failed, just for the previous ones which were set
up.
ports_teardown:
for (i = 0; i < port; i++)
dsa_port_teardown(&ds->ports[i]);
Initially I was tempted to fix this by extending the "for" loop to also
cover the port that failed during setup. But this could have potentially
unforeseen consequences unrelated to devlink_port or even other types of
ports than user ports, which I can't really test for. For example, if
for some reason devlink_port_register itself would fail, then
unconditionally unregistering it in dsa_port_teardown would not be a
smart idea. The list might go on.
So just make dsa_port_setup undo the setup it had done upon failure, and
let the for loop undo the work of setting up the previous ports, which
are guaranteed to be brought up to a consistent state.
Fixes: 955222ca52 ("net: dsa: use a single switch statement for port setup")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge core assumes that enabling/disabling vlan_filtering will
translate into the simple toggling of a flag for switchdev drivers.
That is clearly not the case for sja1105, which alters the VLAN table
and the pvids in order to obtain port separation in standalone mode.
There are 2 parts to the issue.
First, tag_8021q changes the pvid to a unique per-port rx_vid for frame
identification. But we need to disable tag_8021q when vlan_filtering
kicks in, and at that point, the VLAN configured as pvid will have to be
removed from the filtering table of the ports. With an invalid pvid, the
ports will drop all traffic. Since the bridge will not call any vlan
operation through switchdev after enabling vlan_filtering, we need to
ensure we're in a functional state ourselves. Hence read the pvid that
the bridge is aware of, and program that into our ports.
Secondly, tag_8021q uses the 1024-3071 range privately in
vlan_filtering=0 mode. Had the user installed one of these VLANs during
a previous vlan_filtering=1 session, then upon the next tag_8021q
cleanup for vlan_filtering to kick in again, VLANs in that range will
get deleted unconditionally, hence breaking user expectation. So when
deleting the VLANs, check if the bridge had knowledge about them, and if
it did, re-apply the settings. Wrap this logic inside a
dsa_8021q_vid_apply helper function to reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core
checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of
filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to
configure the VLAN offloading.
DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev
feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table
manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error,
because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should
result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface.
Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch
drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for
-EOPNOTSUPP at runtime.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After witnessing the discussion in https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/8/14/151
w.r.t. ioctl extensibility, it became clear that such an issue might
prevent that the 3 RSV bits inside the DSA 802.1Q tag might also suffer
the same fate and be useless for further extension.
So clearly specify that the reserved bits should currently be
transmitted as zero and ignored on receive. The DSA tagger already does
this (and has always did), and is the only known user so far (no
Wireshark dissection plugin, etc). So there should be no incompatibility
to speak of.
Fixes: 0471dd429c ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create a stable binary format")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge offloads a VLAN on a slave port, we also need to
program its dedicated CPU port as a member of the VLAN.
Drivers may handle the CPU port's membership as they want. For example,
Marvell as a special "Unmodified" mode to pass frames as is through
such ports.
Even though DSA expects the drivers to handle the CPU port membership,
it does not make sense to program user VLANs as PVID on the CPU port.
This patch clears this flag before programming the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the
related notifier is received by a switch.
While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA
links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause
problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver.
Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their
programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code.
Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well,
but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches
of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge VLANs are not offloaded by dsa_port_vlan_* if the port is
not bridged or if its bridge is not VLAN aware.
This is a good thing but other corners of DSA, such as the tag_8021q
driver, may need to program VLANs regardless the bridge state.
And also because bridge_dev is specific to user ports anyway, move
these checks were it belongs, one layer up in the slave code.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the
switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in
future patches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently dsa_port_vid_add returns 0 if the switch returns -EOPNOTSUPP.
This function is used in the tag_8021q.c code to offload the PVID of
ports, which would simply not work if .port_vlan_add is not supported
by the underlying switch.
Do not skip -EOPNOTSUPP in dsa_port_vid_add but only when necessary,
that is to say in dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers
in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and
MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target
ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses.
Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly
simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface
in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned
in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap
member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now.
This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
variants not using any bitmap argument anymore.
New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make
clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target
object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the
DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs.
While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the .port_enable and .port_disable functions for all ports,
not only the user ports, so that drivers may optimize the power
consumption of all ports after a successful setup.
Unused ports are now disabled on setup. CPU and DSA ports are now
enabled on setup and disabled on teardown. User ports were already
enabled at slave creation and disabled at slave destruction.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is currently difficult to read the different steps involved in the
setup and teardown of ports in the DSA code. Keep it simple with a
single switch statement for each port type: UNUSED, CPU, DSA, or USER.
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supported PHY features are either auto-detected or explicitly set.
In both cases calling genphy_config_init isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RX timestamping is enabled and two link-local (non-meta) frames are
received in a row, this constitutes an error.
The tagger is always caching the last link-local frame, in an attempt to
merge it with the meta follow-up frame when that arrives. To recover
from the above error condition, the initial cached link-local frame is
dropped and the second frame in a row is cached (in expectance of the
second meta frame).
However, when dropping the initial link-local frame, its backing memory
was being leaked.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a meta frame is received, it is associated with the cached
sp->data->stampable_skb from the DSA tagger private structure.
Cached means its refcount is incremented with skb_get() in order for
dsa_switch_rcv() to not free it when the tagger .rcv returns NULL.
The mistake is that skb_unref() is not the correct function to use. It
will correctly decrement the refcount (which will go back to zero) but
the skb memory will not be freed. That is the job of kfree_skb(), which
also calls skb_unref().
But it turns out that freeing the cached stampable_skb is in fact not
necessary. It is still a perfectly valid skb, and now it is even
annotated with the partial RX timestamp. So remove the skb_copy()
altogether and simply pass the stampable_skb with a refcount of 1
(incremented by us, decremented by dsa_switch_rcv) up the stack.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the CPU port registers dump into the master interface registers
dump through ethtool, by nesting the ethtool_drvinfo and ethtool_regs
structures of the CPU port into the dump.
drvinfo->regdump_len will contain the full data length, while regs->len
will contain only the master interface registers dump length.
This allows for example to dump the CPU port registers on a ZII Dev
C board like this:
# ethtool -d eth1
0x004: 0x00000000
0x008: 0x0a8000aa
0x010: 0x01000000
0x014: 0x00000000
0x024: 0xf0000102
0x040: 0x6d82c800
0x044: 0x00000020
0x064: 0x40000000
0x084: RCR (Receive Control Register) 0x47c00104
MAX_FL (Maximum frame length) 1984
FCE (Flow control enable) 0
BC_REJ (Broadcast frame reject) 0
PROM (Promiscuous mode) 0
DRT (Disable receive on transmit) 0
LOOP (Internal loopback) 0
0x0c4: TCR (Transmit Control Register) 0x00000004
RFC_PAUSE (Receive frame control pause) 0
TFC_PAUSE (Transmit frame control pause) 0
FDEN (Full duplex enable) 1
HBC (Heartbeat control) 0
GTS (Graceful transmit stop) 0
0x0e4: 0x76735d6d
0x0e8: 0x7e9e8808
0x0ec: 0x00010000
.
.
.
88E6352 Switch Port Registers
------------------------------
00: Port Status 0x4d04
Pause Enabled 0
My Pause 1
802.3 PHY Detected 0
Link Status Up
Duplex Full
Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
EEE Enabled 0
Transmitter Paused 0
Flow Control 0
Config Mode 0x4
01: Physical Control 0x003d
RGMII Receive Timing Control Default
RGMII Transmit Timing Control Default
200 BASE Mode 100
Flow Control's Forced value 0
Force Flow Control 0
Link's Forced value Up
Force Link 1
Duplex's Forced value Full
Force Duplex 1
Force Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
.
.
.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This Kconfig option is unused, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler
and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this
block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object.
This patch restores the block sharing feature.
Fixes: da3eeb904f ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename this type definition and adapt users.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object,
flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks.
Fixes: d63db30c85 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unlock before return from function sk_buff()
in the error handling case.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for enabling or disabling the flooding of
unknown multicast traffic on the CPU ports, depending on the value
of the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute.
The current behavior is kept unchanged but a user can now prevent
the CPU conduit to be flooded with a lot of unregistered traffic that
the network stack needs to filter in software with e.g.:
echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/multicast_router
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in
use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API.
Several drivers are also adjusted to use it.
This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for
blocks that are already in use.
Remove tc_block_offload alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and
remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove
temporary tc_block_command alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions
in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del}
helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface.
This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the
bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the
slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches.
Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave
device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their
respective case statements.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev handle helpers make use of a device checking helper
requiring a const net_device. Make dsa_slave_dev_check compliant
to this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current DSA code handling switchdev objects does not recurse into
the lower devices thus is never called with an orig_dev member being
a bridge device, hence remove this useless check.
At the same time, remove the comments about the callers, which is
unlikely to be updated if the code changes and thus will be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packing facility is needed to decode Ethernet meta frames containing
source port and RX timestamping information.
The DSA driver selects CONFIG_PACKING, but the tagger did not, and since
taggers can be now compiled as modules independently from the drivers
themselves, this is an issue now, as CONFIG_PACKING is disabled by
default on all architectures.
Fixes: e53e18a6fe ("net: dsa: sja1105: Receive and decode meta frames")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to specifically deal with phylink_of_phy_connect() returning
-ENODEV, because this can happen when a CPU/DSA port does connect
neither to a PHY, nor has a fixed-link property. This is a valid use
case that is permitted by the binding and indicates to the switch:
auto-configure port with maximum capabilities.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frame reception relies on the hardware keeping its promise that it
will send no other traffic towards the CPU port between a link-local
frame and a meta frame. Otherwise there is no other way to associate
the meta frame with the link-local frame it's holding a timestamp of.
The receive function is made stateful, and buffers a timestampable frame
until its meta frame arrives, then merges the two, drops the meta and
releases the link-local frame up the stack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in the tagger for understanding the source port and
switch id of meta frames. Their timestamp is also extracted but not
used yet - this needs to be done in a state machine that modifies the
previously received timestampable frame - will be added in a follow-up
patch.
Also take the opportunity to:
- Remove a comment in sja1105_filter made obsolete by e8d67fa569
("net: dsa: sja1105: Don't store frame type in skb->cb")
- Reorder the checks in sja1105_filter to optimize for the most likely
scenario first: regular traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although meta frames are configured to be sent at SJA1105_META_DMAC
(01-80-C2-00-00-0E) which is a multicast MAC address that would also be
trapped by the switch to the CPU, were it to receive it on a front-panel
port, meta frames are conceptually not link-local frames, they only
carry their RX timestamps.
The choice of sending meta frames at a multicast DMAC is a pragmatic
one, to avoid installing an extra entry to the DSA master port's
multicast MAC filter.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frames are sent on the CPU port by the switch if RX timestamping is
enabled. They contain a partial timestamp of the previous frame.
They are Ethernet frames with the Ethernet header constructed out of:
- SJA1105_META_DMAC
- SJA1105_META_SMAC
- ETH_P_SJA1105_META
The Ethernet payload will be decoded in a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The incl_srcpt setting makes the switch mangle the destination MACs of
multicast frames trapped to the CPU - a primitive tagging mechanism that
works even when we cannot use the 802.1Q software features.
The downside is that the two multicast MAC addresses that the switch
traps for L2 PTP (01-80-C2-00-00-0E and 01-1B-19-00-00-00) quickly turn
into a lot more, as the switch encodes the source port and switch id
into bytes 3 and 4 of the MAC. The resulting range of MAC addresses
would need to be installed manually into the DSA master port's multicast
MAC filter, and even then, most devices might not have a large enough
MAC filtering table.
As a result, only limit use of incl_srcpt to when it's strictly
necessary: when under a VLAN filtering bridge. This fixes PTP in
non-bridged mode (standalone ports). Otherwise, PTP frames, as well as
metadata follow-up frames holding RX timestamps won't be received
because they will be blocked by the master port's MAC filter.
Linuxptp doesn't help, because it only requests the addition of the
unmodified PTP MACs to the multicast filter.
This issue is not seen in bridged mode because the master port is put in
promiscuous mode when the slave ports are enslaved to a bridge.
Therefore, there is no downside to having the incl_srcpt mechanism
active there.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the existing implementation from tag_sja1105, which was
partially incorrect (it was not changing the MAC header offset, thereby
leaving it to point 4 bytes earlier than it should have).
This overwrites the VLAN tag by moving the Ethernet source and
destination MACs 4 bytes to the right. Then skb->data (assumed to be
pointing immediately after the EtherType) is temporarily pushed to the
beginning of the new Ethernet header, the new Ethernet header offset and
length are recorded, then skb->data is moved back to where it was.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger
queues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For drivers that use deferred_xmit for PTP frames (such as sja1105),
there is no need to perform matching between PTP frames and their egress
timestamps, since the sending process can be serialized.
In that case, it makes sense to have the pointer to the skb clone that
DSA made directly in the skb->cb. It will be used for pushing the egress
timestamp back in the application socket's error queue.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
Due to a confusion I thought that eth_type_trans() was called by the
network stack whereas it can actually be called by network drivers to
figure out the skb protocol and next packet_type handlers.
In light of the above, it is not safe to store the frame type from the
DSA tagger's .filter callback (first entry point on RX path), since GRO
is yet to be invoked on the received traffic. Hence it is very likely
that the skb->cb will actually get overwritten between eth_type_trans()
and the actual DSA packet_type handler.
Of course, what this patch fixes is the actual overwriting of the
SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->type field from the GRO layer, which made all
frames be seen as SJA1105_FRAME_TYPE_NORMAL (0).
Fixes: 227d07a07e ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for traffic through standalone ports")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
In case a call to dsa_tree_setup() fails, an attempt to cleanup is made
by calling dsa_tree_remove_switch(), which should take care of
removing/unregistering any resources previously allocated. This does not
happen because it is conditioned by dst->setup being true, which is set
only after _all_ setup steps were performed successfully.
This is especially interesting when the internal MDIO bus is registered
but afterwards, a port setup fails and the mdiobus_unregister() is never
called. This leads to a BUG_ON() complaining about the fact that it's
trying to free an MDIO bus that's still registered.
Add proper error handling in all functions branching from
dsa_tree_setup().
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tools like tcpdump need to be able to decode the significance of fake
VLAN headers that DSA uses to separate switch ports.
But currently these have no global significance - they are simply an
ordered list of DSA_MAX_SWITCHES x DSA_MAX_PORTS numbers ending at 4095.
The reason why this is submitted as a fix is that the existing mapping
of VIDs should not enter into a stable kernel, so we can pretend that
only the new format exists. This way tcpdump won't need to try to make
something out of the VLAN tags on 5.2 kernels.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1Q tagging performs an unbalanced setup in terms of RX VIDs on
the CPU port. For the ingress path of a 802.1Q switch to work, the RX
VID of a port needs to be seen as tagged egress on the CPU port.
While configuring the other front-panel ports to be part of this VID,
for bridge scenarios, the untagged flag is applied even on the CPU port
in dsa_switch_vlan_add. This happens because DSA applies the same flags
on the CPU port as on the (bridge-controlled) slave ports, and the
effect in this case is that the CPU port tagged settings get deleted.
Instead of fixing DSA by introducing a way to control VLAN flags on the
CPU port (and hence stop inheriting from the slave ports) - a hard,
perhaps intractable problem - avoid this situation by moving the setup
part of the RX VID on the CPU port after all the other front-panel ports
have been added to the VID.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
For DSA switches that do not have an .adjust_link callback, aka those
who transitioned totally to the PHYLINK-compliant API, use PHYLINK to
drive the CPU/DSA ports.
The PHYLIB usage and .adjust_link are kept but deprecated, and users are
asked to transition from it. The reason why we can't do anything for
them is because PHYLINK does not wrap the fixed-link state behind a
phydev object, so we cannot wrap .phylink_mac_config into .adjust_link
unless we fabricate a phy_device structure.
For these ports, the newly introduced PHYLINK_DEV operation type is
used and the dsa_switch device structure is passed to PHYLINK for
printing purposes. The handling of the PHYLINK_NETDEV and PHYLINK_DEV
PHYLINK instances is common from the perspective of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have a common handling of PHYLINK for the slave and non-user
ports, the DSA core glue logic (between PHYLINK and the driver) must use
an API that does not rely on a struct net_device.
These will also be called by the CPU-port-handling code in a further
patch.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SPDX license identifiers to all Make/Kconfig files which:
- Have no license information of any form
These files fall under the project license, GPL v2 only. The resulting SPDX
license identifier is:
GPL-2.0-only
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the
stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value
after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it).
The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but:
- Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided.
- It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since
__dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0}
initializer was incorrect for that purpose.
So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the
deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further
dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to
avoid the performance penalty).
Fixes: 97a69a0dea ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix gcc build error:
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:16: error: brcm_prepend_netdev_ops undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean brcm_netdev_ops?
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
^
./include/net/dsa.h:708:10: note: in definition of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
.ops = &__ops, \
^~~~~
./include/net/dsa.h:701:36: warning: dsa_tag_driver_brcm_prepend_netdev_ops defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
#define DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) dsa_tag_driver ## _ ## __ops
^
./include/net/dsa.h:707:30: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME
static struct dsa_tag_driver DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) = { \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:1: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
Like the CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM case,
brcm_prepend_netdev_ops and DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM_PREPEND
should be wrappeed by CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: b74b70c449 ("net: dsa: Support prepended Broadcom tag")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now
return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current
users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact.
While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address
returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by
is_valid_ether_addr anyway.
Fixes: d01f449c00 ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of
a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic
on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge.
Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all
circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism
(incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105.
There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local.
The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the
switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two
DMAC filters for management traffic.
On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these
link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by
default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port.
It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command
("management route") that is valid for only a single frame.
So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the
dsa_defer_xmit mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on
the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding
rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a
sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic,
this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism
that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred
transmission.
The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not
in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically
also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb
manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit
and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the
tagger.
The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it
to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing
some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping.
To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about
changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into
a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value.
But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore
making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking
the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly
introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices
based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the
network stack when calling eth_type_trans().
The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA
is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev
from its master.
However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105,
user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely
true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering
bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't
rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make
sense to at least be able to terminate that.
Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible
situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(),
which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked
again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never
be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the
whole system dies.
This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb
(so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being
ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer
installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv
callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is
understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively
checking for all of them is far from ideal.
The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging
protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed
to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering
function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The
traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback
and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for
the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction.
It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far
expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html.
Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it
provides generic code that driver can opt into calling:
- dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents.
Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function.
Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply
802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse.
- dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb.
Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make.
- dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID
and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress
and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream
(CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this
function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support.
The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated
under any conditions. That is, after calling
dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all
ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged.
For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the
dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is
to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q,
and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also
provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig.
This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or
when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain
this way for the reasons below.
When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will
install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the
bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is
kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from
the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because
it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports.
Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a
certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current
setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still
exist many other challenges.
Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an
iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is
because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject
to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset
the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation
impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which
would make any translation impossible)?
Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it
difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway.
The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for
the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information.
But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU
port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered
by DSA for the CPU port.
Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the
CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port
using the same flags as they were added on the user port.
So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver
request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective,
and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user.
In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID)
is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a
unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they
serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as
untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to
hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the
reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the
xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the
frame.
Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for
real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli):
- If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back
up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them.
Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer
tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to
co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation.
- If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this
port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in
that case having reduced functionality.
- Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID
range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed so that the newly introduced tag_8021q may access these
core DSA functions when built as a module.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the driver to perform some manipulations of its own during
setup, using generic switchdev calls. Having the notifiers registered at
setup time is important because otherwise any switchdev transaction
emitted during this time would be ignored (dispatched to an empty call
chain).
One current usage scenario is for the driver to request DSA to set up
802.1Q based switch tagging for its ports.
There is no danger for the driver setup code to start racing now with
switchdev events emitted from the network stack (such as bridge core)
even if the notifier is registered earlier. This is because the network
stack needs a net_device as a vehicle to perform switchdev operations,
and the slave net_devices are registered later than the core driver
setup anyway (ds->ops->setup in dsa_switch_setup vs dsa_port_setup).
Luckily DSA doesn't need a net_device to carry out switchdev callbacks,
and therefore drivers shouldn't assume either that net_devices are
available at the time their switchdev callbacks get invoked.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>-
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer
intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods,
remove the legacy probe code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This hides the need to perform a two-phase transaction and construct a
switchdev_obj_port_vlan struct.
Call graph (including a function that will be introduced in a follow-up
patch) looks like this now (same for the *_vlan_del function):
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if VLAN filtering is global, DSA will call this callback once per
each port. Drivers should not have to compare the global state with the
requested change. So let DSA do it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is
that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any
dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which
are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set.
This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is.
So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ports are standalone (after they left the bridge), they should have
no VLAN filtering semantics (they should pass all traffic to the CPU).
Currently this is not true for switchdev drivers, because the bridge
"forgets" to unset that.
Normally one would think that doing this at the bridge layer would be a
better idea, i.e. call br_vlan_filter_toggle() from br_del_if(), similar
to how nbp_vlan_init() is called from br_add_if().
However what complicates that approach, and makes this one preferable,
is the fact that for the bridge core, vlan_filtering is a per-bridge
setting, whereas for switchdev/DSA it is per-port. Also there are
switches where the setting is per the entire device, and unsetting
vlan_filtering one by one, for each leaving port, would not be possible
from the bridge core without a certain level of awareness. So do this in
DSA and let drivers be unaware of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use
that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per
port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105
families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core
from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices
that belong to the same switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge
driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on
the .port_vlan_filtering callback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the CONFIG symbols tristate and add help text.
The broadcom and Microchip KSZ tag drivers support two different
tagging protocols in one driver. Add a configuration option for the
drivers, and then options to select the protocol.
Create a submenu for the tagging drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2:
tab/space cleanup
Help text wording
NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_COMMON and NET_DSA_TAG_KZS_COMMON hidden
v3:
More tabification
Punctuation
v4:
trailler->trailer
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the driver is compiled with both
CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM and CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND disabled.
This results in warnings about unused symbols. Add some conditional
compilation to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Reorder patch to before tag drivers can be modules
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static
table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be
made static.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the _get and _put functions to make use of the list of tag
drivers. Also, trigger the loading of the module, based on the alias
information. The _get function takes a reference on the tag driver, so
it cannot be unloaded, and the _put function releases the reference.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Make tag_driver_register void
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver is unloaded, the lock on the tag driver
should be released so the module can be unloaded. Add the needed calls,
but leave the actual release code as a stub.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_resolve_tag_protocol() is used to find the tagging driver needed
by a switch driver. When the tagging drivers become modules, it will
be necassary to take a reference on the module to prevent it being
unloaded. So rename this function to _get() to indicate it has some
locking properties.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The none tagger is special in that it does not live in a tag_*.c file,
but is within the core. Register/unregister when DSA is
loaded/unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the tag drivers register themselves with the DSA core, keeping
them in a linked list.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it
implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate.
The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later
patch will add the real implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Fix indent of #endif
Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure
v3
Move kdoc next to macro
Fix THIS_MODULE indentation
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver
request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger
supports. Add this information to the ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the tag drivers are some variant of GPL. Add a MODULE_LICENSE()
indicating this, so the drivers can later be compiled as modules.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load
them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between
the TAG protocol and the driver.
In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something
which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the
value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name
into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step
towards making the taggers more dynamic.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an SPDX header, and remove the license boilerplate text.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get(). Leave
ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation only for legacy.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and
apply in case it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flow_dissect for qca tagged packet to get the right hash.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since each non-legacy slave has its own devlink port instance
correctly set, rely on devlink core to generate correct phys port name.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement
ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances
created for themselves.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the
day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the
switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index.
However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the
switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal
MDIO bus at all.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected
in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be
wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select
NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since attrs are static during the existence of devlink port, set the
before registration of the port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devlink functions are in use, so include the related header file.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were skipping the prepare phase which causes some problems with at
least a couple of drivers:
- mv88e6xxx chooses to skip programming VID = 0 with -EOPNOTSUPP in
the prepare phase, but we would still try to force this VID since we
would only call the commit phase and so we would get the driver to
return -EINVAL instead
- qca8k does not currently have a port_vlan_add() callback implemented,
yet we would try to call that unconditionally leading to a NPD
Fix both issues by conforming to the current model doing a
prepare/commit phase, this makes us consistent throughout the code and
assumptions.
Reported-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michal Vokáč <michal.vokac@ysoft.com>
Fixes: 061f6a505a ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag
has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and
so the override and lookup bits are also moved.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted all possible callers to using a switchdev
notifier for attributes we do not have a need for implementing
switchdev_ops anymore, and this can be removed from all drivers the
net_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's
attribute and use notifiers towards that goal.
Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting
SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a
small helper to translate the event notifier into something that
dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to of_parse_phandle returns a node pointer with refcount
incremented thus it must be explicitly decremented after the last
usage.
Detected by coccinelle with the following warnings:
./net/dsa/port.c:294:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 284, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:627:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:630:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:636:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:639:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
Signed-off-by: Wen Yang <wen.yang99@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the
disable_port call. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a
bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need
to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make
sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when
the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking.
Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer
NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions.
We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases:
- creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device
claiming that same VID
- creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry
with that VID
Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a
bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be
enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality
offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN
frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.:
propagate FDB/MDB accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the bridge no longer calling switchdev_port_attr_get() to obtain
the supported bridge port flags from a driver but instead trying to set
the bridge port flags directly and relying on driver to reject
unsupported configurations, we can effectively get rid of
switchdev_port_attr_get() entirely since this was the only place where
it was called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted the bridge code and the drivers to check for
bridge port(s) flags at the time we try to set them, there is no need
for a get() -> set() sequence anymore and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT therefore becomes unused.
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for removing SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT,
add support for a function that processes the
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attributes and returns not
supported for any flag set, since DSA does not currently support
toggling those bridge port attributes (yet).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches work by learning the MAC address for each attached station by
monitoring traffic from each station. When a station sends a packet,
the switch records which port the MAC address is connected to.
With IPv4 networking, before communication commences with a neighbour,
an ARP packet is broadcasted to all stations asking for the MAC address
corresponding with the IPv4. The desired station responds with an ARP
reply, and the ARP reply causes the switch to learn which port the
station is connected to.
With IPv6 networking, the situation is rather different. Rather than
broadcasting ARP packets, a "neighbour solicitation" is multicasted
rather than broadcasted. This multicast needs to reach the intended
station in order for the neighbour to be discovered.
Once a neighbour has been discovered, and entered into the sending
stations neighbour cache, communication can restart at a point later
without sending a new neighbour solicitation, even if the entry in
the neighbour cache is marked as stale. This can be after the MAC
address has expired from the forwarding cache of the DSA switch -
when that occurs, there is a long pause in communication.
Our DSA implementation for mv88e6xxx switches disables flooding of
multicast and unicast frames for bridged ports. As per the above
description, this is fine for IPv4 networking, since the broadcasted
ARP queries will be sent to and received by all stations on the same
network. However, this breaks IPv6 very badly - blocking neighbour
solicitations and later causing connections to stall.
The defaults that the Linux bridge code expect from bridges are for
unknown unicast and unknown multicast frames to be flooded to all ports
on the bridge, which is at odds to the defaults adopted by our DSA
implementation for mv88e6xxx switches.
This commit enables by default flooding of both unknown unicast and
unknown multicast frames whenever a port is added to a bridge, and
disables the flooding when a port leaves the bridge. This means that
mv88e6xxx DSA switches now behave as per the bridge(8) man page, and
IPv6 works flawlessly through such a switch.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge
to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames.
This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux
bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
[florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA port is added to a bridge and brought up, the resulting STP
state programmed into the hardware depends on the order that these
operations are performed. However, the Linux bridge code believes that
the port is in disabled mode.
If the DSA port is first added to a bridge and then brought up, it will
be in blocking mode. If it is brought up and then added to the bridge,
it will be in disabled mode.
This difference is caused by DSA always setting the STP mode in
dsa_port_enable() whether or not this port is part of a bridge. Since
bridge always sets the STP state when the port is added, brought up or
taken down, it is unnecessary for us to manipulate the STP state.
Apparently, this code was copied from Rocker, and the very next day a
similar fix for Rocker was merged but was not propagated to DSA. See
e47172ab7e ("rocker: put port in FORWADING state after leaving bridge")
Fixes: b73adef677 ("net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPS not work for DSA devices since the 'skb_get_hash'
will always get the invalid hash for dsa tagged packets.
"[PATCH] tag_mtk: add flow_dissect callback to the ops struct"
introduced the flow_dissect callback to get the right hash for
MTK tagged packet. Tag_dsa and tag_edsa also need to implement
the callback.
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag offload_fwd_mark is set as the switch can forward frames by
itself.
This can be considered a fix to a problem introduced in commit
c2e866911e where the port membership are not set in sync. The flag
offload_fwd_mark just needs to be set in tag_ksz.c to prevent the software
bridge from forwarding duplicate multicast frames.
Fixes: c2e866911e ("microchip: break KSZ9477 DSA driver into two files")
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo entry[];
};
size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo);
instance = alloc(size, GFP_KERNEL)
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = alloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL)
Notice that, in this case, variable size is not necessary, hence it is
removed.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An ipvlan bug fix in 'net' conflicted with the abstraction away
of the IPV6 specific support in 'net-next'.
Similarly, a bug fix for mlx5 in 'net' conflicted with the flow
action conversion in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid
of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a
ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what
switchdev_port_attr_get() would do.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the
call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
Fixes: 1be52e97ed ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unbalance of master's promiscuity or allmulti will happen after ifdown
and ifup a slave interface which is in a bridge.
When we ifdown a slave interface , both the 'dsa_slave_close' and
'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' will clear the master's flags. The flags
of master will be decrease twice.
In the other hand, if we ifup the slave interface again, since the
slave's flags were cleared the 'dsa_slave_open' won't set the master's
flag, only 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' that triggered by 'br_add_if'
will set the master's flags. The flags of master is increase once.
Only propagating flag changes when a slave interface is up makes
sure this does not happen. The 'vlan_dev_change_rx_flags' had the
same problem and was fixed, and changes here follows that fix.
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch will enable vetoing of FDB entries. Make it possible
to communicate details of why an FDB entry is not acceptable back to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may not be able to support certain FDB entries, and an error
code is insufficient to give clear hints as to the reasons of rejection.
In order to make it possible to communicate the rejection reason, extend
ndo_fdb_add() with an extack argument. Adapt the existing
implementations of ndo_fdb_add() to take the parameter (and ignore it).
Pass the extack parameter when invoking ndo_fdb_add() from rtnl_fdb_add().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not currently way to infer the port number through sysfs that
is being used as the CPU port number. Overlay a ndo_get_phys_port_name()
operation onto the DSA master network device in order to retrieve that
information.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the destination address is link local, add override bit into the
switch tag to let such a packet through the switch even if the port is
blocked.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out common code from the tag_ksz , so that the code can be used
with other KSZ family switches which use differenly sized tags.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tag Kconfig option and related macros in preparation for
addition of new KSZ family switches with different tag formats.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous change tries to set the MTU on the master device to take
into account the DSA overheads. This patch tries to reset the master
device back to the default MTU.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tagging of frames sent over the master interface to the switch
increases the size of the frame. Such frames can then be bigger than
the normal MTU of the master interface, and it may drop them. Use the
overhead information from the tagger to set the MTU of the master
device to include this overhead.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet
frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It
must also remove the head from a frame received from a
switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol
ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While introducing the DSA tagging protocol attribute, it was added to the DSA
slave network devices, but those actually see untagged traffic (that is their
whole purpose). Correct this mistake by putting the tagging sysfs attribute
under the DSA master network device where this is the information that we need.
While at it, also correct the sysfs documentation mistake that missed the
"dsa/" directory component of the attribute.
Fixes: 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to an explicit check in rocker_world_port_obj_vlan_add(),
dsa_slave_switchdev_event() resp. port_switchdev_event(), VLAN objects
that are added to a device that is not a front-panel port device are
ignored. Therefore this check is immaterial.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop switchdev_ops.switchdev_port_obj_add and _del. Drop the uses of
this field from all clients, which were migrated to use switchdev
notification in the previous patches.
Add a new function switchdev_port_obj_notify() that sends the switchdev
notifications SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL.
Update switchdev_port_obj_del_now() to dispatch to this new function.
Drop __switchdev_port_obj_add() and update switchdev_port_obj_add()
likewise.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way of distributing port object
changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The
switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower
devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The
notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which
may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a
completely unrelated device.
DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge.
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on
the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could
be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge
notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the
driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It
is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the
notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the
filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place.
To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking
notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to
maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently
has.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get 'driver_data' from 'struct device' directly. Going via
platform_device is an unneeded step back and forth.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a problem introduced by:
commit 2cde6acd49 ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock")
When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously
recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in
more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between
cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and
the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set
to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole
will likely not work.
Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl
is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute
synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from.
Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current
callers of __netpoll_free_async.
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted.
This changes with VxLAN encapsulation.
Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one
FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the
bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver.
Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only
offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB.
Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry
was deleted from the VxLAN FDB.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
put_device has taken the null pinter check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before put_device.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gswip tag was missing in the dsa_tag_protocol_to_str() function, add it.
Fixes: 7969119293 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.
The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.
This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no way for user-space to know what a given DSA network device's
tagging protocol is. Expose this information through a dsa/tagging
attribute which reflects the tagging protocol currently in use.
This is helpful for configuration (e.g: none behaves dramatically
different wrt. bridges) as well as for packet capture tools when there
is not a proper Ethernet type available.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52638f71fc ("dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver")
moved the GPIO handling into the switch drivers but forgot
to remove the GPIO header includes.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a port to be able to use EEE, both the MAC and the PHY must
support EEE. A phy can be provided by both a phydev or phylink. Verify
at least one of these exist, not just phydev.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need
to suspend or resume it.
Fixes: 2446254915 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pskb_trim_rcsum fails, the lack of error-handling code may
cause unexpected results.
This patch adds error-handling code after calling pskb_trim_rcsum.
Signed-off-by: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.
Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the attrs and allow to expose port flavour to user via devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if commit 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports") indicated
that registering a devlink instance for unused ports is not a problem, and this
is true, this can be confusing nonetheless, so let's not do it.
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.
Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.
Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.
We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.
Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will
also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we
can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.
We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for having more call sites attempting to obtain a
reference against a PHY device corresponding to a particular port,
introduce a helper function for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is completely redundant with what netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
does, we are always guaranteed to have a valid dev->ethtool_ops pointer,
however, within that structure, not all function calls may be populated,
so we still have to check them individually.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell switches under some conditions will pass a frame to the
host with the port being the CPU port. Such frames are invalid, and
should be dropped. Not dropping them can result in a crash when
incrementing the receive statistics for an invalid port.
Reported-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to dsa_is_user_port(), a condition ended up being
reversed, which would prevent the creation of any user port when using
the legacy binding and/or platform data, fix that.
Fixes: 4a5b85ffe2 ("net: dsa: use dsa_is_user_port everywhere")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for enabling the internal PHY for a 'cpu' port.
It has been tested on GE B850v3, B650v3 and B450v3, which have a
built-in MV88E6240 switch hardwired to a PCIe based network card.
On these machines the internal PHY of the i210 network card and
the Marvell switch are connected to each other and must be enabled
for properly using the switch. While the i210 PHY will be enabled
when the network interface is enabled, the switch's port is not
exposed as network interface. Additionally the mv88e6xxx driver
resets the chip during probe, so the PHY is disabled without this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having the different master network device drivers
potentially used by DSA/Broadcom tags, move the padding necessary for
the switches to accept short packets where it makes most sense: within
tag_brcm.c. This avoids multiplying the number of similar commits to
e.g: bgmac, bcmsysport, etc.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make the dsa_legacy_register() stub return 0 in order for
dsa_init_module() to successfully register and continue registering the
ETH_P_XDSA packet handler.
Fixes: 2a93c1a365 ("net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let MT7530 switch can recognize well those egress packets
having both special tag and VLAN tag, the information about the special
tag should be carried on the existing VLAN tag. On the other hand, it's
unnecessary for extra handling for ingress packets when VLAN tag is
present since it is able to put the VLAN tag after the special tag and
then follow the existing way to parse.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These duplicate includes have been found with scripts/checkincludes.pl but
they have been removed manually to avoid removing false positives.
Signed-off-by: Pravin Shedge <pravin.shedge4linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA ports also need to have a dedicated CPU port assigned to them,
because they need to know where to egress frames targeting the CPU,
e.g. To_Cpu frames received on a Marvell Tag port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a MAC address is added to or removed from a switch port in the
fabric, the target switch must program its port and adjacent switches
must program their local DSA port used to reach the target switch.
For this purpose, use the dsa_towards_port() helper to identify the
local switch port which must be programmed.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the MDB code iterating on a multicast group into new
dsa_switch_mdb_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.
This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the VLAN code iterating on a list of VLAN members into new
dsa_switch_vlan_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.
This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting the refcount to 0 when allocating a tree to match the number of
switch devices it holds may cause an 'increment on 0; use-after-free',
if CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL is enabled.
To fix this, do not decrement the refcount of a newly allocated tree,
increment it when an already allocated tree is found, and decrement it
after the probing of a switch, as done with the previous behavior.
At the same time, make dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put accept a NULL
argument to simplify callers, and return the tree after incrementation,
as most kref users like of_node_get and of_node_put do.
Fixes: 8e5bf9759a ("net: dsa: simplify tree reference counting")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lan9303 set bits in the host CPU tag indicating if a ingress frame
is a trapped IGMP or STP frame. Use these bits to calculate
skb->offload_fwd_mark more efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA now uses one of the symbols exported by the bridge,
br_vlan_enabled(). This has a stub, if the bridge is not
enabled. However, if the bridge is enabled, we cannot have DSA built
in and the bridge as a module, otherwise we get undefined symbols at
link time:
net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_add':
net/dsa/port.c:255: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_del':
net/dsa/port.c:270: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting the same Broadcom tag format, but instead
of inserted between the MAC SA and EtherType, prepended to the Ethernet
frame, restructure the code a little bit to make that possible and take
an offset parameter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that IGMP packets no longer is flooded in HW, we want the SW bridge to
forward packets based on bridge configuration. To make that happen,
IGMP packets must have skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software bridge needs to know if a packet has already been bridged
by hardware offload to ports in the same hardware offload, in order
that it does not re-flood them, causing duplicates. This is
particularly true for broadcast and multicast traffic which the host
has requested.
By setting offload_fwd_mark in the skb the bridge will only flood to
ports in other offloads and other netifs. Set this flag in the DSA and
EDSA tag driver.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is used by the software bridge when
determining which ports to flood a packet out. If the packet
originated from a switch, it assumes the switch has already flooded
the packet out the switches ports, so the bridge should not flood the
packet itself out switch ports. Ports on the same switch are expected
to return the same parent ID when SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called.
DSA gets this wrong with clusters of switches. As far as the software
bridge is concerned, the cluster is all one switch. A packet from any
switch in the cluster can be assumed to have been flooded as needed
out of all ports of the cluster, not just the switch it originated
from. Hence all ports of a cluster should return the same parent. The
old implementation did not, each switch in the cluster had its own ID.
Also wrong was that the ID was not unique if multiple DSA instances
are in operation.
Use the tree ID as the parent ID, which is the same for all switches
in a cluster and unique across switch clusters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the VLAN
addition on every ports member of a it. Fix this.
Fixes: 1ca4aa9cd4 ("net: dsa: check VLAN capability of every switch")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the MDB
addition on every ports member of a multicast group. Fix this.
Fixes: a1a6b7ea7f ("net: dsa: add cross-chip multicast support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software bridge can be build with vlan filtering support
included. However, by default it is turned off. In its turned off
state, it still passes VLANs via switchev, even though they are not to
be used. Don't pass these VLANs to the hardware. Only do so when vlan
filtering is enabled.
This fixes at least one corner case. There are still issues in other
corners, such as when vlan_filtering is later enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the host indicates when a multicast group should be forwarded
from the switch to the host, don't do it by default.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The notify mechanism does not need to modify the port it is notifying.
So make the parameter const.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of
the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an
MDB on this port.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit brings no functional changes. It gets rid of the underscore
prefixed _dsa_register_switch and _dsa_unregister_switch functions in
favor of dsa_switch_probe() which parses and adds a switch to a tree and
dsa_switch_remove() which removes a switch from a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the tree setup is centralized, we can simplify the code a bit
more by setting up or tearing down the tree directly when adding or
removing a switch to/from it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *_complete() functions take too much arguments to do only one thing:
they try to fetch the dsa_port structures corresponding to device nodes
under the "link" list property of DSA ports, and use them to setup the
routing table of switches.
This patch simplifies them by providing instead simpler
dsa_{port,switch,tree}_setup_routing_table functions which return a
boolean value, true if the tree is complete.
dsa_tree_setup_routing_table is called inside dsa_tree_setup which
simplifies the switch registering function as well.
A switch's routing table is now initialized before its setup.
This also makes dsa_port_is_valid obsolete, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The OF code provides a of_for_each_phandle() helper to iterate over
phandles. Use it instead of arbitrary iterating ourselves over the list
of phandles hanging to the "link" property of the port's device node.
The of_phandle_iterator_next() helper calls of_node_put() itself on
it.node. Thus We must only do it ourselves if we break the loop.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having two dsa_ds_find_port_dn (which returns a bool) and
dsa_dst_find_port_dn (which returns a switch) functions, provide a more
explicit dsa_tree_find_port_by_node function which returns a matching
port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dsa_port_apply and dsa_cpu_port_apply functions do exactly the
same. The dsa_user_port_apply function does not try to register a fixed
link but try to create a slave.
This commit factorizes and scopes all that in two convenient
dsa_port_setup and dsa_port_teardown functions.
It won't hurt to register a devlink_port for unused port as well.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches brings no functional changes. It removes the unused dst
argument from the dsa_ds_apply and dsa_ds_unapply functions, rename them
to dsa_switch_setup and dsa_switch_teardown for a more explicit scope.
This clarifies the steps of the setup or teardown of a switch fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA helpers to setup and teardown a master net device wired to its
CPU port. This centralizes the dsa_ptr assignment.
This also makes the master ethtool helpers static at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dst_parse function called just before dsa_dst_apply does not
parse the tree but does only one thing: it assigns the default CPU port
to dst->cpu_dp and to each user ports.
This patch simplifies this by calling a dsa_tree_setup_default_cpu
function at the beginning of dsa_dst_apply directly.
A dsa_port_is_user helper is added for convenience.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove scripts/checkpatch.pl CHECKs by adjusting indenting.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the dsa_port_parse_cpu() function to resolve the tagging protocol
at port parsing time, instead of waiting for the whole tree to be
complete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_port_parse_user, dsa_port_parse_dsa and dsa_port_parse_cpu
functions to factorize the code shared by both OF and pdata parsing.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later to support
tagging protocol resolution for example.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a port, simply use of_property_read_bool which checks the
presence of a given property, instead of parsing the link phandle.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a switch, we have to identify to which tree it belongs and
parse its ports. Provide two functions to separate the OF and platform
data specific paths.
Also use the of_property_read_variable_u32_array function to parse the
OF member array instead of calling of_property_read_u32_index twice.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will need a reference to the dsa_switch_tree when parsing a CPU port,
so fetch it right after parsing the member and before parsing ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the unnecessary index argument from the
dsa_dst_add_ds and dsa_dst_del_ds functions and renames them to
dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_tree_remove_switch respectively.
In addition to a more explicit scope, we now check the presence of an
existing switch with the same index directly within dsa_tree_add_switch.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename dsa_get_dst to dsa_tree_find since it doesn't increment the
reference counter, rename dsa_add_dst to dsa_tree_alloc for symmetry
with dsa_tree_free, and provide a convenient dsa_tree_touch function to
find or allocate a new tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide convenient dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put functions scoping a DSA
tree used to increment and decrement its reference counter, instead of
poking directly its kref structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA trees have a refcount used to automatically free the dsa_switch_tree
structure once there is no switch devices inside of it.
The refcount is incremented when a switch is added to the tree, and
decremented when it is removed from it.
But because of kref_init, the refcount is also incremented at
initialization, and when looking up the tree from the list for symmetry.
Thus the current code stores the number of switches plus one, and makes
the switch registration more complex.
To simplify the switch registration function, we reset the refcount to
zero after initialization and don't increment it when looking up a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames.
On receive set skb->offload_fwd_mark to prevent the SW from flooding to the
same ports.
One exception: Because the ALR is set up to forward STP BPDUs only to CPU,
the SW bridge should flood STP BPDUs if local STP is not enabled.
This is archived by not setting skb->offload_fwd_mark on STP BPDUs.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP BPDUs arriving on user ports must sent to CPU port only,
for processing by the SW bridge.
Add an ALR entry with STP state override to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lan9303_xmit_use_arl() introduced in previous patch set is wrong.
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames. The effect is that
broadcasts and multicasts are duplicated on egress. It is not possible to
configure the chip to direct unknown multicasts to CPU port only.
This means that only unicast frames can be transmitted using ALR lookup.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to
pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the optional "label" property and assign a default one directly at
parse time instead of doing it when creating the slave.
For legacy, simply assign the port name stored in cd->port_names.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fetching the master device can be done directly when a port is parsed
from device tree or pdata, instead of waiting until dsa_dst_parse.
Now that -EPROBE_DEFER is returned before we add the switch to the tree,
there is no need to check for this error after dsa_dst_parse.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a port's type at parsed time instead of waiting for the tree to
be completed.
Because this is now done earlier, we can use the port's type in
dsa_port_is_* helpers instead of digging again in topology description.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add symmetrical DSA port parsing functions for pdata and device tree,
used to parse and validate a given port node or platform data.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later on to
assign a port type and get device references.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point into hiding the -EINVAL error code in ERR_PTR from a
dsa_get_ports function, simply get the "ports" node directly from within
the dsa_parse_ports_dn function.
This also has the effect to make the pdata and device tree handling code
symmetrical inside _dsa_register_switch.
At the same time, rename dsa_parse_ports_dn to dsa_parse_ports_of
because _of is a more common suffix for device tree parsing functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bindings (dsa2.c) and the old bindings (legacy.c) share two
helpers dsa_cpu_dsa_setup and dsa_cpu_dsa_destroy, used to register or
deregister a fixed PHY if a given port has a corresponding device node.
Unclutter the code by moving them into two new port.c helpers,
dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of and dsa_port_fixed_link_(un)register_of.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA code still check ds->enabled_port_mask directly to
inspect a given port type instead of using the provided dsa_is_user_port
helper. Change this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CPU transmit directly to port using tag, the LAN9303 does not
learn MAC addresses received on the CPU port into the ALR.
ALR learning is performed only when transmitting using ALR lookup.
Solution:
If the two external ports are bridged and the packet is not STP BPDU,
then use ALR lookup to allow ALR learning on CPU port.
Otherwise transmit directly to port with STP state override.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the code that tried to identify if a PHY designated by Device
Tree required diversion through the DSA-created MDIO bus. This was
created mainly for the bcm_sf2.c driver back when it did not have its
own MDIO bus driver, which it now has since 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa:
bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus").
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Martin Hundebøll <mnhu@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unapply functions are called on the error path.
As for dsa_port_mask, enabled_port_mask and cpu_port_mask won't be used
after so there's no need to unmask the corresponding port bit from them.
This makes dsa_cpu_port_unapply() and dsa_dsa_port_unapply() identical,
which can be factorized later.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy code does not unmask the cpu_port_mask and dsa_port_mask as
stated. But this is done on the error path and those masks won't be used
after that. So instead of fixing the bit operation, simply remove it.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of pdata, the dsa_cpu_parse function calls dev_put() before
making sure it isn't NULL. Fix this.
Fixes: 71e0bbde0d ("net: dsa: Add support for platform data")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_master_get_slave is slightly confusing since the idiomatic "get"
term often suggests reference counting, in symmetry to "put".
Rename it to dsa_master_find_slave to make the look up operation clear.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device
assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a
dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure
corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a
dsa_slave_to_port() helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with
respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same
dsa_notifier_register_info structure.
Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these
functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dsa_slave_create is called, the related port already has a CPU port
assigned to it, available in its cpu_dp member. Use it instead of the
unique tree cpu_dp.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With DSA, a master net device (CPU facing interface) has a dsa_ptr
pointer to which hangs a dsa_switch_tree. This is not correct because a
master interface is wired to a dedicated switch port, and because we can
theoretically have several master interfaces pointing to several CPU
ports of the same switch fabric.
Change the master interface's dsa_ptr for the CPU dsa_port pointer.
This is a step towards supporting multiple CPU ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resolving the DSA tagging protocol used by a CPU switch, use a
temporary "tag_ops" variable to store the dsa_device_ops instead of
using directly dst->tag_ops. This will make the future patches moving
this pointer around easier to read.
There is no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it clear that the master device is linked to a CPU port by using
"cpu_dp" for the dsa_port variable in master.c instead of "port", then
use a "port" variable to describe the port index, as usually seen in
other places of DSA core.
This will make the future patch touching dsa_ptr more readable. There is
no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging code does not need to know about the DSA architecture,
it only needs to return the slave device corresponding to the source
port index (and eventually the source device index for cascade-capable
switches) parsed from the frame received on the master device.
For this purpose, provide an inline dsa_master_get_slave helper which
validates the device and port indexes and look up the slave device.
This makes the tagging rcv functions more concise and robust, and also
makes dsa_get_cpu_port obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its
carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a
window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse
the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network
device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached.
Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices
where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the
driver.
Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_nway_reset now that dsa_slave_nway_reset does exactly
the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since
net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of returning -EOPNOTSUPP when a slave device has no PHY,
directly return -ENODEV as ethtool and phylib do.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively
enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now
helper static.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the
master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start
the PHY device.
Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device,
then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the
master device.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add
a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and
dsa_port_fdb_del.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first
argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave
net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to
dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of open coding the check.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA overrides the master device ethtool ops, so that it can inject stats
from its dedicated switch CPU port as well.
The related code is currently split in dsa.c and slave.c, but it only
scopes the master net device. Move it to a new master.c DSA core file.
This file will be later extented with master net device specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA overrides the master's ethtool ops so that we can inject its CPU
port's statistics. Because of that, we need to setup the ethtool ops
after the master's dsa_ptr pointer has been assigned, not before.
This patch setups the ethtool ops after dsa_ptr is assigned, and
restores them before it gets cleared.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch tree is meant to be applied, it already has a CPU
port. Thus remove the condition of dst->cpu_dp.
Moreover, the next lines access dst->cpu_dp unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.
In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We originally used skb->priority but that was not quite correct as this
bitfield needs to contain the egress switch queue we intend to send this
SKB to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two kfree_skb() should be consume_skb(), to be friend with drop monitor
(perf record ... -e skb:kfree_skb)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first call of skb_put_padto() will free up the SKB on error, but we
return NULL which tells dsa_slave_xmit() that the original SKB should be
freed so this would lead to a double free here.
The second skb_put_padto() already frees the passed sk_buff reference
upon error, so calling kfree_skb() on it again is not necessary.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1416687 ("USE_AFTER_FREE")
Fixes: e71cb9e009 ("net: dsa: ksz: fix skb freeing")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer frees the original skb when an xmit function returns NULL,
meaning an error occurred. But if the tagging code copied the original
skb, it is responsible of freeing the copy if an error occurs.
The ksz tagging code currently has two issues: if skb_put_padto fails,
the skb copy is not freed, and the original skb will be freed twice.
To fix that, move skb_put_padto inside both branches of the skb_tailroom
condition, before freeing the original skb, and free the copy on error.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class
information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use
the newly introduced classid identification helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MT7530 inserts the 4 magic header in between the 802.3 address and
protocol field. The patch implements the callback that can be called by
the flow dissector to figure out the real protocol and offset of the
network header. With this patch applied we can properly parse the packet
and thus make hashing function properly.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save 2628 bytes on arm eabi by allocate only the required 3 ports.
Now that ds->num_ports is correct: In net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c
eliminate duplicate LAN9303_MAX_PORTS, use ds->num_ports.
(Matching the pattern of other net/dsa/tag_xxx.c files.)
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA drivers do not support bridge flags offload. Yet, this attribute
should be added in order for the bridge to fail when one tries set a
flag on the port, as explained in commit dc0ecabd62 ("net: switchdev:
Add support for querying supported bridge flags by hardware").
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This
patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy
way for static FDB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers
the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful
FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge.
In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from
the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to
indicate inconsistent situation.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the switchdev objects are embedded inside the DSA notifier
info. This patch removes this dependency. This is done as a preparation
stage before adding support for learning FDB through the switchdev
notification chain.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.
The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the
related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_cpu_dsa_setup currently takes 4 arguments but they are all available
from the dsa_port argument. Remove all others.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_alloc() already assigns ds-dev, which can be used in
dsa_switch_setup_one and dsa_cpu_dsa_setups instead of requiring an
additional struct device argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and
push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename
TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of
traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we
could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave
network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these
deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates.
Fixes: f613ed665b ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters
for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use
pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose
and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.
In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA drivers are calling phy_init_eee if eee_enabled is true.
Move up this statement in the DSA layer to simplify the DSA drivers.
qca8k does not require to cache the ethtool_eee structures from now on.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does
not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that
by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mt7530 driver has its dsa_switch_ops::get_tag_protocol function
check ds->cpu_port_mask to issue a warning in case the configured CPU
port is not capable of supporting tags.
After commit 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled
ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()") we slightly re-arranged the
initialization such that this was no longer working. Just make sure that
ds->cpu_port_mask is set prior to the first call to get_tag_protocol,
thus restoring the expected contract. In case of error, the CPU port bit
is cleared.
Fixes: 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()")
Reported-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and
use dst->cpu_dp->netdev") and a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate
slave network device with CPU port") we would be seeing NULL pointer
dereferences when accessing dst->cpu_dp->netdev too early. In the legacy
code, we actually know early in advance the master network device, so
pass it down to the relevant functions.
Fixes: 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev")
Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to how cross-chip VLAN works, define a bitmap of multicast
group members for a switch, now including its DSA ports, so that
multicast traffic can be sent to all switches of the fabric.
A switch may drop the frames if no user port is a member.
This brings support for multicast in a multi-chip environment.
As of now, all switches of the fabric must support the multicast
operations in order to program a single fabric port.
Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code only assigns the default cpu_dp to all user ports of
the switch to which the CPU port belongs. The user ports of the other
switches of the fabric thus don't have a default CPU port.
This patch fixes this by assigning the cpu_dp of all user ports of all
switches of the fabric when the tree is fully parsed.
Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a helper function which will return a reference to the CPU
port used in a dsa_switch_tree. Right now this is a singleton, but this
will change once we introduce multi-CPU port support, so ease the
transition by converting the affected code paths.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.
This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.
While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a multi-chip switch fabric, it is currently the responsibility of the
driver to add the CPU or DSA (interconnecting chips together) ports as
members of a new VLAN entry. This makes the drivers more complicated.
We want the DSA drivers to be stupid and the DSA core being the one
responsible for caring about the abstracted switch logic and topology.
Make the DSA core program the CPU and DSA ports as part of the VLAN.
This makes all chips of the data path to be aware of VIDs spanning the
the whole fabric and thus, seamlessly add support for cross-chip VLAN.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the VLAN object is propagated to every switch chip of the
switch fabric, we can easily ensure that they all support the required
VLAN operations before modifying an entry on a single switch.
To achieve that, remove the condition skipping other target switches,
and add a bitmap of VLAN members, eventually containing the target port,
if we are programming the switch target.
This will allow us to easily add other VLAN members, such as the DSA or
CPU ports (to introduce cross-chip VLAN support) or the other port
members if we want to reduce hardware accesses later.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
replaced the use of dst->ds[0] with dst->cpu_switch since that is
functionally equivalent, however, we can now run into an use after free
scenario after unbinding then rebinding the switch driver.
The use after free happens because we do correctly initialize
dst->cpu_switch the first time we probe in dsa_cpu_parse(), then we
unbind the driver: dsa_dst_unapply() is called, and we rebind again.
dst->cpu_switch now points to a freed "ds" structure, and so when we
finally dereference it in dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_setup(), we oops.
To fix this, simply set dst->cpu_switch to NULL in dsa_dst_unapply()
which guarantees that we always correctly re-assign dst->cpu_switch in
dsa_cpu_parse().
Fixes: 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes
ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and
dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early
enough before ops->setup() has run.
While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask
which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have all the information we need in dsa_port, so use it instead of
repeating the same arguments over and over again.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not need to have a reference to a dsa_switch, instead we should
pass a reference to a CPU dsa_port, change that. This is a preliminary
change to better support multiple CPU ports.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() are functions that belong in
net/dsa/dsa.c and are not part of the legacy platform support code.
Fixes: a6a71f19fe ("net: dsa: isolate legacy code")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of a86d8becc3 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"),
the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error.
Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same.
At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb"
#208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35:
+ if (nskb == NULL)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many rcv functions from net/dsa/tag_*.c have a useless out_drop goto
label which simply returns NULL. Kill it in favor of the obvious.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_ptr is not a void pointer anymore since Nov 2011, as of cf50dcc24f
("dsa: Change dsa_uses_{dsa, trailer}_tags() into inline functions"),
but an explicit dsa_switch_tree pointer, thus remove the (void *) cast.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for
faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
function ksz_rcv can be made static as it does not need to be
in global scope. Reformat arguments to make it checkpatch warning
free too.
Cleans up sparse warning: "symbol 'ksz_rcv' was not declared. Should
it be static?"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device
pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev.
Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer
passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev.
This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and
_dsa_register_switch functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper is only used once and makes the code more complicated that it
should. Remove it and reorganize the variables so that it fits on 80
columns.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute is propagated to all
switch chips of the fabric, each switch can check if the requested value
is valid and program itself, so that the whole fabric shares a common
ageing time setting.
This is especially needed for switch chips in between others, containing
no bridge port members but evidently used in the data path.
To achieve that, remove the condition which skips the other switches. We
also don't need to identify the target switch anymore, thus remove the
sw_index member of the dsa_notifier_ageing_time_info notifier structure.
On ZII Dev Rev B (with two 88E6352 and one 88E6185) and ZII Dev Rev C
(with two 88E6390X), we have the following hardware configuration:
# ip link add name br0 type bridge
# ip link set master br0 dev lan6
br0: port 1(lan6) entered blocking state
br0: port 1(lan6) entered disabled state
# echo 2000 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/ageing_time
Before this patch:
zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
300000
300000
15000
zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
300000
18750
After this patch:
zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
15000
15000
15000
zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
18750
18750
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an VLAN entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an MDB entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an FDB entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch keeps the port-wide ageing time handling code in
dsa_port_ageing_time, pushes the requested ageing time value in a new
switch fabric notification, and moves the switch-wide ageing time
handling code in dsa_switch_ageing_time.
This has the effect that now not only the switch that the target port
belongs to can be programmed, but all switches composing the switch
fabric. For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other
switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for
DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files.
Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file.
Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum,
because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future
conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles VLAN objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles MDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles FDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which sets a port ageing time in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which sets VLAN filtering on a port in port.c,
where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which bridges a port in port.c, where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new port.c file to hold all DSA port-wide logic. This patch moves
in the code which sets a port state.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter
from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.
Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus
their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in
dsa_fastest_ageing_time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from
the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA
slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API
can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev FDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port,
change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic
dsa_port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the fabric notification helper from the DSA slave to
the DSA port, since this is a DSA layer specific notion, that can be
used by non-slave ports (CPU and DSA).
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device
supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a
single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its
dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase.
This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device
handling.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in
the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward
declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all
DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file.
Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h,
and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same
time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the
entries in various places.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index
to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached.
Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use
it to point the switch CPU port.
This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and
s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tag_lan9303.c does check for a NULL dst but that's already checked by
dsa_switch_rcv() one layer above.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular
VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'.
This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be
enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag
to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c,
except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:
- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()
Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA tag receive functions need to unshare the skb before mangling it, move
this to the generic dsa_switch_rcv() function which will allow us to make the
tag receive function return their mangled skb without caring about freeing a
NULL skb.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_rcv() already tests for dst == NULL, so there is no need to duplicate
the same check within the tag receive functions.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
I see the following link error with CONFIG_NET_DSA=y and CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m:
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe226b): undefined reference to `devlink_alloc'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe2284): undefined reference to `devlink_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe243e): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24e1): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24fa): undefined reference to `devlink_port_type_eth_set'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_dst_unapply.part.8':
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x345): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x36c): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x38e): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3f2): undefined reference to 'devlink_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3fb): undefined reference to 'devlink_free'
Fix this by adding a dependency on MAY_USE_DEVLINK so that CONFIG_NET_DSA
get switched to be build as module when CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m.
Fixes: 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I do not hold the copyright of the DSA core and drivers source files,
since these changes have been written as an initiative of my day job.
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.
To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.
The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ageing time is defined as unsigned int, so make
dsa_fastest_ageing_time return an unsigned int instead of int.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding switch.o to the list of DSA object files, we essentially
duplicated the previous obj-y line and just added switch.o, remove the
duplicate.
Fixes: f515f192ab ("net: dsa: add switch notifier")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_create() can fail, and dsa_user_port_unapply() will properly check
for the network device not being NULL before attempting to destroy it. We were
not setting the slave network device as NULL if dsa_slave_create() failed, so
we would later on be calling dsa_slave_destroy() on a now free'd and
unitialized network device, causing crashes in dsa_slave_destroy().
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as of
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")
Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.
We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.
Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.
dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.
This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.
This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The scope of the functions inside net/dsa/slave.c must be the slave
net_device pointer. Change to state setter helper accordingly to
simplify callers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error is returned during the bridging of a port in a
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event, net/core/dev.c rolls back the operation.
Be consistent and unassign dp->bridge_dev when this happens.
In the meantime, add comments to document this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by
providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so
on (only this event is supported at the moment.)
Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK
when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide
helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it.
At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier
may fail.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:
port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.
Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.
Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.
Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv
structure, instead of the switch/port index.
This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device,
needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.
That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure contains the number of ports. Use it where the
structure is valid instead of the DSA_MAX_PORTS value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.
This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the assignment of ports in _dsa_register_switch() closer to where
it is checked, no functional change. Re-order declarations to be
preserve the inverted christmas tree style.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it clear that these functions take a device_node structure pointer
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing platform data, and therefore no valid
device_node pointer, make most DSA functions takes a pointer to a
dsa_port structure whenever possible. While at it, introduce a
dsa_port_is_valid() helper function which checks whether port->dn is
NULL or not at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid
lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in
dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding
netif_device_attach(), bring it back.
Fixes: 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We may be able to see invalid Broadcom tags when the hardware and drivers are
misconfigured, or just while exercising the error path. Instead of flooding
the console with messages, flat out drop the packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the wrong !, otherwise we get false positives about having
multiple CPU interfaces.
Fixes: b22de49086 ("net: dsa: store CPU switch structure in the tree")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check the return value of phy_connect_direct() in
dsa_slave_phy_connect() otherwise we may be continuing the
initialization of a slave network device with a PHY that already
attached somewhere else and which will soon be in error because the PHY
device is in error.
The conditions for such an error to occur are that we have a port of our
switch that is not disabled, and has the same port number as a PHY
address (say both 5) that can be probed using the DSA slave MII bus. We
end-up having this slave network device find a PHY at the same address
as our port number, and we try to attach to it.
A slave network (e.g: port 0) has already attached to our PHY device,
and we try to re-attach it with a different network device, but since we
ignore the error we would end-up initializating incorrect device
references by the time the slave network interface is opened.
The code has been (re)organized several times, making it hard to provide
an exact Fixes tag, this is a bugfix nonetheless.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA Ethernet switches are true Linux devices, the CPU
switch is not necessarily the first one. If its address is higher than
the second switch on the same MDIO bus, its index will be 1, not 0.
Avoid any confusion by using dst->cpu_switch instead of dst->ds[0].
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3a543ef479 ("net: dsa:
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id") since it misuses the purpose of
ndo_get_phys_port_id(). We have ndo_get_phys_port_name() to do the
correct thing for us now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using
ndo_get_phys_port_name().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the new DTS bindings for DSA (dsa2), the "ethernet" and "link"
phandles are respectively mandatory and exclusive to CPU port and DSA
link device tree nodes.
Simplify dsa2.c a bit by checking the presence of such phandle instead
of checking the redundant "label" property.
Then the Linux philosophy for Ethernet switch ports is to expose them to
userspace as standard NICs by default. Thus use the standard enumerated
"eth%d" device name if no "label" property is provided for a user port.
This allows to save DTS files from subjective net device names.
If one wants to rename an interface, udev rules can be used as usual.
Of course the current behavior is unchanged, and the optional "label"
property for user ports has precedence over the enumerated name.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <uwe@kleine-koenig.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is perfectly possible to have non zero indexed switches being present
in a DSA switch tree, in such a case, we will be deferencing a NULL
pointer while dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_{setup,restore}. Be more defensive
and ensure that dst->ds[0] is valid before doing anything with it.
Fixes: 0c73c523cf ("net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The support for DSA Ethernet switch chips depends on TCP/IP networking,
thus explicit that HAVE_NET_DSA depends on INET.
DSA uses SWITCHDEV, thus select it instead of depending on it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Isolate the HWMON support in DSA in its own file. Currently only the
legacy DSA code is concerned.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_driver_version string is irrelevant and has not been bumped
since its introduction about 9 years ago. Kill it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there can be multiple dsa switches stacked together but
not all of devicetree nodes available at the time of calling
dsa_dst_parse(), EPROBE_DEFER can be returned by it. When this
happens, only the last dsa switch has to be deleted by
dsa_dst_del_ds(), but not the whole list, because next time linux
cames back to this function it will try to add only the last dsa
switch which returned EPROBE_DEFER.
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Bendiuga <volodymyr.bendiuga@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "out" label in dsa_switch_setup_one() is useless, thus remove it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number
of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds
to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helper to deregister fixed-link PHYs registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link().
Convert the two drivers that care to deregister their fixed-link PHYs to
use the new helper, but note that most drivers currently fail to do so.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before
returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup().
Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link
node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance
with the common scheme for this.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_dsa_register_switch() gets a dsa_switch_tree object either via
dsa_get_dst() or via dsa_add_dst(). Former path does not increase kref
in returned object (resulting into caller not owning a reference),
while later path does create a new object (resulting into caller owning
a reference).
The rest of _dsa_register_switch() assumes that it owns a reference, and
calls dsa_put_dst().
This causes a memory breakage if first switch in the tree initialized
successfully, but second failed to initialize. In particular, freed
dsa_swith_tree object is left referenced by switch that was initialized,
and later access to sysfs attributes of that switch cause OOPS.
To fix, need to add kref_get() call to dsa_get_dst().
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Nikita Yushchenko <nikita.yoush@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_phy_find_device() when
registering and deregistering the fixed-link PHY-device.
Fixes: 39b0c70519 ("net: dsa: Allow configuration of CPU & DSA port
speeds/duplex")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These few drivers call ether_setup(), but have no ndo_change_mtu, and thus
were overlooked for changes to MTU range checking behavior. They
previously had no range checks, so for feature-parity, set their min_mtu
to 0 and max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU (65535), instead of the 68 and 1500
inherited from the ether_setup() changes. Fine-tuning can come after we get
back to full feature-parity here.
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: R Parameswaran <parameswaran.r7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.
This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a void helper to set the STP state of a port, checking first if the
required routine is provided by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only 1 of the 3 drivers currently has a set_addr() operation. Make the
set_addr() callback optional to reduce the amount of empty stubs inside
the drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
has a duplicate invocation of the set_addr() operation callback. Remove one
of them.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 switch driver should be a proper platform
driver, now that the DSA code has been updated to allow that, register a
switch device, feed it with the proper configuration data coming from
Device Tree and register our switch device with DSA.
The bulk of the changes consist in moving what bcm_sf2_sw_setup() did
into the platform driver probe function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute.
The ageing time is passed as milliseconds.
Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical
switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with
the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:680:6: warning:
symbol '_dsa_unregister_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.
Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.
This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.
We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.
The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_init() which initializes a
custom ethtool_ops structure with custom DSA ethtool operations for CPU
ports. This is a preliminary change to move the initialization outside
of net/dsa/slave.c.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mimic what net/dsa/dsa.c does and provide a slave MII bus by default
which will be created if the driver implements a phy_read method.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers rely on these two bitmasks to contain the correct values
for them to successfully probe and initialize at drv->setup() time,
calculate correct values to put in both masks as early as possible in
dsa_get_ports_dn().
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we
need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.
Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch may want to instantiate its own MDIO bus. Only do it
centrally if the switch has not already created one, and the read op
is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code to setup a single DSA/CPU port into a function of
its own, and export it, so it can be used by the new binding.
Similarly, refactor the destroy code into a function. When destroying
the ports, don't put the of node. They should be released at the end
along with the normal ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.
The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform data nr_chips is used when validating a received packet,
to ensure it comes from a know switch chip. The number of possible
switches is limited to DSA_MAX_SWITCHES, so use this as the first
validation step. The new binding allows holes in the dst->ds[] array,
so also ensure ensure there is a valid dsa_switch for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer should no longer assume the switch is connected to an
MDIO bus. As a result, we cannot use the address on the MDIO bus when
forming the name of the switches internal MDIO bus for its builtin and
possibly external PHYs. The switch index is sufficient to make the
name unique, so drop the MDIO address.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When
retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume
there is a cd attached to the switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd.
However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data.
This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c
and slave.c for this data type.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info()
messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and
new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
